[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201731996A - Composite film for forming a protective film - Google Patents

Composite film for forming a protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201731996A
TW201731996A TW105129639A TW105129639A TW201731996A TW 201731996 A TW201731996 A TW 201731996A TW 105129639 A TW105129639 A TW 105129639A TW 105129639 A TW105129639 A TW 105129639A TW 201731996 A TW201731996 A TW 201731996A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
acrylate
meth
Prior art date
Application number
TW105129639A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI731874B (en
Inventor
尚哉 佐伯
遼 佐佐木
裕之 米山
山本 大輔
Original Assignee
琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW201731996A publication Critical patent/TW201731996A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI731874B publication Critical patent/TWI731874B/en

Links

Classifications

    • H10W74/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/10Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/26Polymeric coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/748Releasability

Landscapes

  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)

Abstract

一種保護膜形成用複合片,係於支撐片之一個表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,且於前述支撐片中之與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側相反側之表面上具備塗佈層而構成,其中前述保護膜形成用複合片中之從前述塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為47%以下。A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a film for forming a protective film on one surface of the support sheet, and a coating layer on a surface of the support sheet opposite to the side including the film for forming a protective film; In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer is 47% or less.

Description

保護膜形成用複合片 Composite film for forming a protective film

本發明係關於一種用以於半導體晶片之背面形成保護膜之保護膜形成用複合片。 The present invention relates to a composite sheet for forming a protective film for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer.

本申請係基於2016年3月4日在日本提出申請之日本特願2016-042691號而主張優先權,並將其內容援用至本文中。 The present application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-042691, filed on Jan.

近年來,進行有使用稱為所謂面朝下(face down)方式之安裝法的半導體裝置之製造。關於面朝下方式係使用於電路面上具有凸塊等電極之半導體晶片,並使前述電極與基板進行接合。因此,有晶片中之與電路面相反側之背面變得露出之情形。 In recent years, there has been a fabrication of a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face down method. The face-down method is a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface, and the electrodes are bonded to the substrate. Therefore, there is a case where the back surface on the opposite side to the circuit surface in the wafer is exposed.

有於該露出之晶片之背面形成由有機材料所構成之樹脂膜作為保護膜並以附帶保護膜之半導體晶片之形式組入至半導體裝置中之情形。保護膜係於切割步驟或封裝之後,為了防止晶片發生龜裂而利用。 A resin film made of an organic material is formed as a protective film on the back surface of the exposed wafer, and is incorporated in a semiconductor device in the form of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. The protective film is used in order to prevent cracking of the wafer after the cutting step or packaging.

此種保護膜之形成係使用於支撐片上具備保護膜形成用膜而成之保護膜形成用複合片。作為前述支撐片,例如係使用樹脂製之基材、或基材及黏著劑層等之積層結構體,亦有對前述基材之保護膜形成用膜或黏著劑層等之積層面進行表面處理之情形。關於前述保護膜形成用複合片,除了保護膜形成用膜具有保護膜形成能力以外,支撐片亦能夠作為切割片而發揮功能,可設為由保護膜形成用膜與切割片一體化而成。 The protective film is formed by using a composite film for forming a protective film having a film for forming a protective film on a support sheet. The support sheet is, for example, a resin substrate, a laminate structure such as a substrate or an adhesive layer, or a surface layer of a protective film forming film or an adhesive layer of the substrate. The situation. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, in addition to the protective film forming ability, the support sheet can function as a dicing sheet, and can be formed by integrating a film for forming a protective film and a dicing sheet.

於支撐片所使用之加工前之前述基材中,通常其單面或兩面具有凹凸形狀。其原因在於:若不具有此種凹凸形狀,則於將基材捲取而製成輥(roll)時,基材彼此之接觸面會貼附而黏連(blocking),導致使用變得困難。若基材彼此之接觸面中之至少一面具有凹凸形狀,則接觸面之面積會減小,因此黏連得到抑制。 The aforementioned substrate before the processing used for the support sheet usually has a concavo-convex shape on one side or both sides. The reason for this is that if the substrate is not wound, the substrate is wound up to form a roll, and the contact surfaces of the substrates adhere to each other and block, which makes it difficult to use. If at least one of the contact faces of the substrates has an uneven shape, the area of the contact faces is reduced, and thus the adhesion is suppressed.

使用有具有此種凹凸面之基材的習知之保護膜形成用複合片典型而言具有圖4所示之構成。圖4係示意性地表示習知之保護膜形成用複合片之一例的剖視圖。此外,於下文之說明中所使用之圖式中,例如為了使保護膜形成用複合片之特徵變得容易理解,為方便起見而有將成為主要部分之部分放大表示之情形,各構成要素之尺寸比率等並非限定於與實際相同。 A conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film having a substrate having such an uneven surface has a configuration shown in Fig. 4 as it is. Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film. In addition, in the drawings used in the following description, for example, in order to make the characteristics of the composite sheet for forming a protective film easy to understand, for the sake of convenience, a part which becomes a main part is enlarged, and each constituent element The dimensional ratio and the like are not limited to the same as the actual ones.

此處所示之習知之保護膜形成用複合片9係於支撐片90上具備保護膜形成用膜13而成,支撐片90包含基材91及黏著劑層12之積層結構體,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。保護膜形成用膜13藉由固化而成為保護膜。保護膜形成用複合片9進一步於保護膜形成用膜13上具備剝離膜15,剝離膜15係於保護膜形成用複合片9之使用時被去除。於保護膜形成用複合片9中,支撐片90中之與具備保護膜形成用膜13之面(表面)90a相反側之面(背面)90b成為凹凸面,亦即基材91中之與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)91a相反側之面(背面)91b成為凹凸面。保護膜形成用複合片9藉由如此使基材91之背面91b成為凹凸面,於將其捲取而製成輥時,會抑制基材91之背面91b與剝離膜15之露出面(表面)15a之貼附,亦即會抑制基材91之背面91b與剝離膜15之露出面(表面)15a之黏連。 The conventional composite film 9 for forming a protective film shown here is provided with a film 13 for forming a protective film on the support sheet 90, and the support sheet 90 includes a laminated structure of the substrate 91 and the adhesive layer 12, and an adhesive agent. The layer 12 is provided with a film 13 for forming a protective film. The film 13 for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film. Further, the protective film forming composite sheet 9 further includes a release film 15 on the protective film forming film 13, and the release film 15 is removed when the protective film forming composite sheet 9 is used. In the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, the surface (back surface) 90b on the side opposite to the surface (surface) 90a of the support sheet forming film 13 is an uneven surface, that is, in the substrate 91. The surface (back surface) 91b on the opposite side to the surface (surface) 91a of the adhesive layer 12 is an uneven surface. In the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 is made to have an uneven surface, and when it is wound up to form a roll, the exposed surface (surface) of the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 and the release film 15 is suppressed. The attachment of 15a suppresses the adhesion of the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 to the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15.

另一方面,對於保護膜形成用複合片,有於由保護膜形成用膜所形成之保護膜之支撐片側之面上藉由照射雷射光而進行列印(以下,有稱為「雷射列印」之情形)之情形。雷射列印係自支撐片中之與形成有保護膜之側相反側進行照射。此時,例如於為保護膜形成用複合片9之情形時,自基材91之背面91b側透過支撐片90對保護膜照射 雷射光,但由於基材91之背面91b為凹凸面,故而光於該處進行漫反射,而存在雷射列印變得不清晰之問題。 On the other hand, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the surface of the protective sheet formed of the film for forming a protective film is printed by irradiating laser light (hereinafter, referred to as "laser column" The situation of the "print" situation. The laser print is irradiated from the side opposite to the side on which the protective film is formed from the support sheet. In this case, for example, in the case of the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, the protective film is irradiated through the support sheet 90 from the back surface 91b side of the substrate 91. Since the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 is an uneven surface, the light is diffused and reflected there, and there is a problem that the laser printing becomes unclear.

作為能夠防止此種光之漫反射的保護膜形成用複合片,已知有具有圖5所示之構成的保護膜形成用複合片8(例如參照專利文獻1)。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film having the configuration shown in Fig. 5 is known as a composite sheet for forming a protective film which can prevent such diffused reflection of light (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

圖5係示意性地表示習知之保護膜形成用複合片之另一例的剖視圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

此處所示之習知之保護膜形成用複合片8係與保護膜形成用複合片9同樣地於支撐片80上具備保護膜形成用膜13而成,支撐片80由基材81及黏著劑層12之積層結構體所構成,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。其中,於支撐片80中,基材81之凹凸面之配置係與支撐片90中之基材91相反。亦即,於保護膜形成用複合片8中,基材81之具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)81a成為凹凸面,基材81中之與表面81a相反側之面(背面)81b成為平滑面。支撐片80中之基材81、保護膜形成用膜13及剝離膜15分別與支撐片90中之基材91、保護膜形成用膜13及剝離膜15相同。 The composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film shown in the prior art is provided with a film 13 for forming a protective film on the support sheet 80 in the same manner as the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, and the support sheet 80 is made of a substrate 81 and an adhesive. The laminated structure of the layer 12 is formed, and the film 13 for forming a protective film is provided on the adhesive layer 12. Among them, in the support sheet 80, the arrangement of the uneven surface of the substrate 81 is opposite to the substrate 91 in the support sheet 90. In the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film, the surface (surface) 81a of the base material 81 having the adhesive layer 12 is an uneven surface, and the surface (back surface) 81b of the base material 81 opposite to the surface 81a is smoothed. surface. The base material 81, the protective film forming film 13, and the release film 15 in the support sheet 80 are the same as the base material 91, the protective film forming film 13, and the release film 15 in the support sheet 90, respectively.

但是,於為保護膜形成用複合片8之情形時,基材81之背面81b成為平滑面,亦即支撐片80中之與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)80a相反側之面(背面)80b成為平滑 面,於將保護膜形成用複合片8捲取而製成輥時,無法抑制基材81之背面81b與剝離膜15之露出面(表面)15a之貼附,亦即無法抑制基材81之背面81b與剝離膜15之露出面(表面)15a之黏連。若產生黏連,則於保護膜形成用複合片8上會產生皺褶,或於將保護膜形成用複合片8自輥抽出時剝離膜15會自保護膜形成用膜13剝離。此外,於基材81之表面81a上,黏著劑層12變得需要具有充分之厚度,以消除凹凸之形狀。若該厚度不充分,則會反映基材81之凹凸形狀,導致保護膜形成用膜13之支撐片80側之面(背面)13b具有凹凸形狀,而存在對於由此種保護膜形成用膜13所形成之保護膜之支撐片側之面所實施之雷射列印變得不清晰的問題。 However, in the case of the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film, the back surface 81b of the base material 81 is a smooth surface, that is, the side opposite to the surface (surface) 80a of the support sheet 80 having the adhesive layer 12 (back surface) ) 80b becomes smooth When the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film is wound up to form a roll, the adhesion of the back surface 81b of the base material 81 to the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15 cannot be suppressed, that is, the substrate 81 cannot be suppressed. The back surface 81b is adhered to the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15. When the adhesion occurs, the protective film forming composite sheet 8 is wrinkled, or the release film 15 is peeled off from the protective film forming film 13 when the protective film forming composite sheet 8 is taken out from the roll. Further, on the surface 81a of the substrate 81, the adhesive layer 12 needs to have a sufficient thickness to eliminate the shape of the unevenness. When the thickness is insufficient, the uneven shape of the base material 81 is reflected, and the surface (back surface) 13b on the side of the support sheet 80 of the film for forming a protective film 13 has an uneven shape, and the film 13 for forming a protective film is provided. The laser printing performed on the side of the support sheet side of the formed protective film becomes unclear.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本專利第5432853號公報。 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 5432853.

如此,習知之實際情況為尚無可同時實現黏連之抑制以及對保護膜之清晰之雷射列印的保護膜形成用複合片。 Thus, the conventional case is that there is no composite sheet for forming a protective film which can simultaneously suppress the adhesion and clear the laser print of the protective film.

本發明係鑒於前述情況而成,其課題在於提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,係用以於半導體晶片之背面形成保護 膜,並且可抑制黏連,且可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a composite sheet for forming a protective film for forming a protective layer on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer. Membrane, and adhesion can be suppressed, and the protective film can be clearly laser printed.

本發明之一態樣如下所述。 One aspect of the invention is as follows.

(1)於本發明之一實施態樣中,提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,係於支撐片之一個表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,且於前述支撐片中之與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側相反側之表面上具備塗佈層而成,並且前述保護膜形成用複合片中之從前述塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為47%以下。 (1) In the embodiment of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is provided with a film for forming a protective film on one surface of the support sheet, and the protective film is formed on the support sheet. The coating layer is provided on the surface on the opposite side to the side of the film, and the measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer in the composite sheet for forming a protective film is 47% or less.

(2)於前述(1)之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可為使用進一步於前述保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之前述保護膜形成用複合片,並藉由下述方法所測定之前述剝離膜之剝離力為10mN/50mm以下。 (2) In the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the above (1), the composite sheet for forming a protective film which is further provided on the film for forming a protective film may be used, and may be measured by the following method. The peeling force of the release film is 10 mN/50 mm or less.

(剝離膜之剝離力之測定方法) (Method for measuring peeling force of peeling film)

藉由將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜且寬度50mm、長度100mm之前述保護膜形成用複合片,以前述塗佈層均朝向相同方向且前述塗佈層之合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,而製成第一最外層為塗佈層且第二最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將前述積層體於對前述保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向施加有980.665mN之力之狀態下於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向中最接 近前述第一最外層之塗佈層的剝離膜以剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件自鄰接之塗佈層進行剝離,測定此時之剝離力。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film which has a release film and a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm on the film for forming a protective film, wherein the coating layers are all oriented in the same direction and the total thickness of the coating layer is 10 μm to 60 μm. In the manner of laminating a plurality of sheets, the first outermost layer is a coating layer, and the second outermost layer is a laminate of a release film, and the laminate is applied with a force of 980.665 mN in the direction of lamination of the composite sheet for forming a protective film. After standing at 40 ° C for 3 days, it will be the most in the above-mentioned stacking direction. The release film of the coating layer of the first outermost layer was peeled off from the adjacent coating layer at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°, and the peeling force at this time was measured.

(3)於前述(1)或(2)之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可為前述支撐片係由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,且前述保護膜形成用複合片係依序積層有前述塗佈層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而成。 (3) In the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the above aspect (1) or (2), the support sheet may be formed by laminating a base material and an adhesive, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film may be sequentially The coating layer, the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming a protective film are laminated.

(4)於前述(3)之保護膜形成用複合片中,前述黏著劑層亦可為能量線固化性或非能量線固化性之黏著劑層。 (4) In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the above (3), the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be an energy ray-curable or non-energy-curable adhesive layer.

(5)於前述(1)至(4)中任一項之保護膜形成用複合片中,前述保護膜形成用膜亦可為熱固化性或能量線固化性之保護膜形成用膜。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to any one of the above aspects, the film for forming a protective film may be a film for forming a protective film which is thermosetting or energy ray curable.

根據本發明,提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,係用以於半導體晶片之背面形成保護膜,並且可抑制黏連,且可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 According to the present invention, there is provided a composite sheet for forming a protective film for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer, and suppressing adhesion, and performing laser printing on the protective film clearly.

1、2‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1, 2‧‧‧Composite film for protective film formation

8‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 8‧‧‧Composite film for protective film formation

9‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 9‧‧‧Composite film for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支撐片 10‧‧‧Support film

10a‧‧‧支撐片之表面 10a‧‧‧Surface of the support piece

10b‧‧‧支撐片之背面 10b‧‧‧Back of the support piece

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材之表面 11a‧‧‧ Surface of the substrate

11b‧‧‧基材之背面 11b‧‧‧The back of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧Adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層之表面 12a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer

13、23‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13, 23‧‧‧film for protective film formation

13a、23a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜之表面 13a, 23a‧‧‧ Surface of film for protective film formation

14‧‧‧塗佈層 14‧‧‧ Coating layer

14a‧‧‧塗佈層之表面 14a‧‧‧Surface of the coating layer

14b‧‧‧塗佈層之背面 14b‧‧‧Back of the coating layer

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Release film

15a‧‧‧剝離膜之表面 15a‧‧‧ peeling film surface

16‧‧‧治具用接著劑層 16‧‧‧Layer layer for fixtures

16a‧‧‧治具用接著劑層之表面 16a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer for the fixture

80‧‧‧支撐片 80‧‧‧Support film

80a‧‧‧支撐片之表面 80a‧‧‧Surface of the support piece

80b‧‧‧支撐片之背面 80b‧‧‧back of the support piece

81‧‧‧基材 81‧‧‧Substrate

81a‧‧‧基材之表面 81a‧‧‧ Surface of the substrate

81b‧‧‧基材之背面 81b‧‧‧Back of the substrate

90‧‧‧支撐片 90‧‧‧Support film

90a‧‧‧支撐片之表面 90a‧‧‧Surface of the support piece

90b‧‧‧支撐片之背面 90b‧‧‧back of the support piece

91‧‧‧基材 91‧‧‧Substrate

91a‧‧‧基材之表面 91a‧‧‧ Surface of the substrate

91b‧‧‧基材之背面 91b‧‧‧Back of the substrate

121‧‧‧周邊部 121‧‧‧The surrounding department

122‧‧‧周邊部 122‧‧‧ peripherals

W1‧‧‧寬度 W 1 ‧‧‧Width

W2‧‧‧間距 W 2 ‧‧‧ spacing

d1‧‧‧直徑 d 1 ‧‧‧diameter

d2‧‧‧直徑 d 2 ‧‧‧diameter

圖1係示意性地表示本發明之一實施態樣之保護膜形成用複合片之一實施形態的剖視圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖2係示意性地表示本發明之一實施態樣之保護膜形成用複合片之另一實施形態的剖視圖。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖3係表示實施例中所製造之保護膜形成用複合片的俯視圖。 Fig. 3 is a plan view showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film produced in the examples.

圖4係示意性地表示習知之保護膜形成用複合片之一例的剖視圖。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

圖5係示意性地表示習知之保護膜形成用複合片之另一例的剖視圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

◎保護膜形成用複合片 ◎ Composite film for protective film formation

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片係於支撐片之一個表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,且於前述支撐片中之與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側相反側之表面上具備塗佈層而成,並且前述保護膜形成用複合片中之從前述塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為47%以下。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment is provided with a film for forming a protective film on one surface of the support sheet, and is coated on the surface of the support sheet opposite to the side including the film for forming a protective film. The measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer in the composite sheet for forming a protective film was 47% or less.

前述保護膜形成用複合片藉由使自前述塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為如上所述之特定範圍內,於對使保護膜形成用膜固化後之保護膜自塗佈層之側照射雷射光時,會抑制雷射光之散射,因此能夠對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer is within a specific range as described above, and the protective film is cured from the coating layer after curing the film for forming a protective film. When the side is irradiated with the laser light, the scattering of the laser light is suppressed, so that the protective film can be clearly laser printed.

另外,前述保護膜形成用複合片藉由具備具有易滑性及抗靜電性之前述塗佈層,於將其捲取而製成輥時會抑制黏連。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has the coating layer having slipperiness and antistatic property, and when it is wound up to form a roll, adhesion is suppressed.

此外,於本說明書中,關於前述保護膜形成用複合片,將保護膜形成用膜藉由加熱或照射能量線使之固化而製成保護膜者只要維持前述支撐片及保護膜之積層結構,則亦稱為保護膜形成用複合片。另外,關於前述保護膜形成用複合片,於前述支撐片為基材及黏著劑層之積層結構體之情形時,使黏著劑層固化而成者只要維持前述基材、黏著劑層之固化物、及保護膜形成用膜或保護膜之積層結構,則亦稱為保護膜形成用複合片。 In the above-mentioned composite film for forming a protective film, the film for forming a protective film is cured by heating or irradiation with an energy ray to form a protective film, and the laminate structure of the support sheet and the protective film is maintained. It is also called a composite sheet for forming a protective film. In the case of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, when the support sheet is a laminated structure of a base material and an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer is cured to maintain the cured product of the base material and the adhesive layer. The laminated structure of the film for forming a protective film or the protective film is also referred to as a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

圖1係示意性地表示本發明之一實施態樣之保護膜形成用複合片之一實施形態的剖視圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1係於支撐片10之一個表面10a上具備保護膜形成用膜13,且於支撐片10之另一個表面(背面)10b上具備塗佈層14而成。此外,支撐片10係將基材11及黏著劑層12積層而成,於基材11之一個表面11a上具備黏著劑層12,且於基材11之另一個表面(背面)11b上具備塗佈層14,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1進一步於保護膜形成用膜13上具備剝離膜15,剝離膜15係於保護膜形成用複合片1之使用時被去除。保護膜形成用膜13係藉由固化而成為保護膜。 The composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown here is provided with a film 13 for forming a protective film on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10, and a coating layer 14 is provided on the other surface (back surface) 10b of the support sheet 10. to make. Further, the support sheet 10 is formed by laminating the substrate 11 and the adhesive layer 12, and has an adhesive layer 12 on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a coating on the other surface (back surface) 11b of the substrate 11. The cloth layer 14 is provided with a film 13 for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer 12. In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet 1 further includes a release film 15 on the protective film forming film 13, and the release film 15 is removed when the protective film forming composite sheet 1 is used. The film 13 for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film.

於保護膜形成用複合片1中,黏著劑層12係積層於基材11之前述表面11a上,保護膜形成用膜13係積層於 黏著劑層12之表面12a之一部分。並且,黏著劑層12之表面12a中,未積層保護膜形成用膜13之露出面、與保護膜形成用膜13之表面13a(上表面及側面)上積層有剝離膜15。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the film 13 for forming a protective film is laminated. A portion of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12. Further, in the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, the exposed surface of the film 13 for forming the protective film is not laminated, and the release film 15 is laminated on the surface 13a (upper surface and side surface) of the film 13 for forming a protective film.

此外,於剝離膜15與黏著劑層12之表面12a或保護膜形成用膜13之表面13a之間亦可存在空隙部。例如,保護膜形成用膜13之側面、或黏著劑層12之表面12a中保護膜形成用膜13之附近區域容易產生前述空隙部。 Further, a void portion may be present between the release film 15 and the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 or the surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13. For example, the side surface of the film 13 for forming a protective film or the vicinity of the film 13 for forming a protective film in the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 is likely to generate the above-mentioned void portion.

於保護膜形成用複合片1中,自塗佈層14中之與接觸支撐片10(基材11)之面(表面)14a相反側之面(背面)14b之方向所測得之霧度成為47%以下。藉此,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the haze measured from the direction of the surface (back surface) 14b of the coating layer 14 opposite to the surface (surface) 14a of the support sheet 10 (substrate 11) becomes 47% or less. Thereby, the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing.

此外,於本發明中所謂「霧度」只要無特別說明,則係指依據JIS K 7136所測得之值。 In addition, in the present invention, "haze" means a value measured in accordance with JIS K 7136 unless otherwise specified.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片1藉由具備塗佈層14,即使進行捲取而製成輥之情形時,亦會抑制基材11之前述背面11b與剝離膜15之露出面(表面)15a之貼附、亦即抑制基材11之前述背面11b與剝離膜15之露出面(表面)15a之黏連。 In addition, when the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film is provided with the coating layer 14 and is wound into a roll, the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the back surface 11b of the substrate 11 and the release film 15 is also suppressed. The adhesion, that is, the adhesion of the aforementioned back surface 11b of the substrate 11 to the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15 is suppressed.

於保護膜形成用複合片1中,雖然支撐片10中之與具備保護膜形成用膜13之面(表面)10a相反側之面(背 面)10b在此成為平滑度低之凹凸面,亦即雖然基材11中之與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)11a相反側之面(背面)11b在此成為平滑度低之凹凸面,但亦可為平滑面。於對由保護膜形成用膜13所形成之保護膜(未圖示)進行雷射列印之情形時,對保護膜之支撐片10側之面自塗佈層14側照射雷射光。此時,於支撐片10之前述背面10b(基材11之前述背面11b)為凹凸面及平滑面之任一者時,由於塗佈層14被覆該面,故而塗佈層14中之與接觸支撐片10(基材11)之面(表面)14a相反側之面(背面)14b之平滑度高,其表面粗糙度Ra小,藉此塗佈層14上之雷射光之漫反射得到抑制,而可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the surface of the support sheet 10 opposite to the surface (surface) 10a including the film 13 for forming a protective film (back) Here, the surface 10b is an uneven surface having a low degree of smoothness, that is, a surface (back surface) 11b on the side opposite to the surface (surface) 11a of the substrate 11 having the adhesive layer 12 is a rough surface having a low smoothness. But it can also be a smooth surface. When a protective film (not shown) formed of the film 13 for forming a protective film is subjected to laser printing, the surface of the protective film on the side of the support sheet 10 is irradiated with laser light from the side of the coating layer 14. At this time, when the back surface 10b of the support sheet 10 (the back surface 11b of the base material 11) is either an uneven surface or a smooth surface, since the coating layer 14 covers the surface, the contact layer 14 is in contact with each other. The surface (back surface) 14b on the opposite side (surface) 14a of the support sheet 10 (substrate 11) has a high smoothness and a small surface roughness Ra, whereby the diffuse reflection of the laser light on the coating layer 14 is suppressed. The protective film can be clearly laser printed.

此外,於本說明書中,所謂「表面粗糙度Ra」只要無特別說明,則係指JIS B0601:2001所規定之所謂算術平均粗糙度。 In addition, in this specification, the "surface roughness Ra" means the arithmetic mean roughness prescribed by JIS B0601:2001 unless otherwise specified.

於保護膜形成用複合片1中,基材11之表面11a雖然在此成為平滑面,但亦可為平滑度低之凹凸面。其中,就如下所述般抑制基材11之表面11a與黏著劑層之間產生空隙部,而更容易使保護膜形成用複合片1成為較佳特性之方面而言,基材11之表面11a較佳為平滑面。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the surface 11a of the substrate 11 is a smooth surface here, but may be an uneven surface having a low smoothness. In the case where the void portion is formed between the surface 11a of the substrate 11 and the adhesive layer as described below, the surface 11a of the substrate 11 is more easily formed in the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film. It is preferably a smooth surface.

圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1係於去除了剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13之表面13a貼附半導 體晶圓(未圖示)之背面,並將黏著劑層12之表面12a中之未積層保護膜形成用膜13之露出面貼附於環狀框架(ring frame)等治具上而使用。 The composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 1 is attached to the surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation in a state where the release film 15 is removed. The back surface of the bulk wafer (not shown) is used by attaching the exposed surface of the uncovered protective film forming film 13 on the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 to a jig such as a ring frame.

圖2係示意性地表示本發明之一態樣之保護膜形成用複合片之另一實施形態的剖視圖。此外,於圖2中,對於與圖1所示者相同之要素標注與圖1之情形相同之元件符號,並省略其詳細說明。該情況對於圖2以後之圖而言亦相同。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an aspect of the present invention. In addition, in FIG. 2, the same components as those in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted. This case is also the same for the graphs of Fig. 2 and later.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片2係於黏著劑層12之表面12a之整個面積層保護膜形成用膜23,於保護膜形成用膜23之表面23a之一部分積層治具用接著劑層16,於保護膜形成用膜23之表面23a中之未積層治具用接著劑層16之露出面、與治具用接著劑層16之表面16a(上表面及側面)上積層剝離膜15,除此以外,與圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1相同。 The composite film 2 for forming a protective film shown here is a film for forming a protective film for the entire area of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and an adhesive for the part of the surface 23a of the film 23 for forming a protective film is laminated. The layer 16 is provided with a release film 15 on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer 16 for the deposition of the protective film forming film 23 and the surface 16a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16 for the jig. Other than this, it is the same as the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG.

此外,於剝離膜15與保護膜形成用膜23之表面23a或治具用接著劑層16之表面16a之間亦可存在空隙部。例如,治具用接著劑層16之側面、或保護膜形成用膜23之表面23a中之治具用接著劑層16之附近區域係容易產生前述空隙部。 Further, a void portion may be present between the surface 23a of the release film 15 and the film 23 for forming a protective film or the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for a fixture. For example, the side portion of the adhesive agent layer 16 or the vicinity of the adhesive agent layer 16 in the surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23 is likely to generate the void portion.

於保護膜形成用複合片2中,亦與保護膜形成用複合片1之情形同樣地,自塗佈層14中之與接觸支撐片10(基材11)之面(表面)14a相反側之面(背面)14b之方向所測得之霧度成為47%以下。因此,可對由保護膜形成用膜23所形成之保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, similarly to the case of the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the surface of the coating layer 14 opposite to the surface (surface) 14a of the supporting sheet 10 (substrate 11) is opposite. The haze measured in the direction of the surface (back surface) 14b was 47% or less. Therefore, the protective film formed of the film 23 for forming a protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片2藉由具備塗佈層14,即使加以捲取而製成輥之情形時,亦會抑制黏連。 Further, when the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film is provided with the coating layer 14, even when it is wound up to form a roll, adhesion is suppressed.

圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2係於去除了剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜23之表面23a貼附半導體晶圓(未圖示)之背面,並將治具用接著劑層16之表面16a中之上表面貼附於環狀框架等治具上而使用。 The composite film 2 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 is attached to the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) on the surface 23a of the film 23 for protective film formation in a state in which the release film 15 is removed, and the jig is attached. The upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片並不限定為圖1至圖2所示者,亦可於無損本發明之功功效的範圍內將圖1至圖2所示者之一部分構成加以變更或刪除而成、或對至此為止所說明者進一步追加其他構成而成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to those shown in FIGS. 1 to 2, and a part of the components shown in FIGS. 1 to 2 may be changed or deleted within the range in which the function of the present invention is not impaired. It may be formed by adding another structure to the person described so far.

以下,對本發明之一實施態樣之保護膜形成用複合片之各構成進行更詳細之說明。 Hereinafter, each configuration of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in more detail.

○支撐片 ○Support piece

前述支撐片只要為能夠設置前述保護膜形成用膜,則無特別限定,例如可列舉:發揮出用以防止於保護膜形成 用膜之表面附著灰塵等的剝離片、及用以於切割步驟等中對保護膜形成用膜之表面加以保護之切割片等之作用者。 The support sheet is not particularly limited as long as it can provide the film for forming a protective film, and for example, it can be used to prevent formation of a protective film. A release sheet that adheres to dust or the like on the surface of the film, and a role of a dicing sheet or the like for protecting the surface of the film for forming a protective film in a dicing step or the like.

作為前述支撐片之較佳者,可列舉:僅由於半導體晶圓之加工用片之領域通常使用之基材所構成者、以及將基材及黏著劑層積層而成者等。 Preferred examples of the support sheet include those formed by a substrate which is generally used in the field of processing sheets for semiconductor wafers, and those in which a substrate and an adhesive are laminated.

支撐片可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成。於支撐片由複數層所構成之情形時,這些複數層可相互相同亦可不同。亦即,可所有層相同,亦可為所有層不同,亦可僅一部分層相同。並且,於複數層相互不同之情形時,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。此處,所謂複數層相互不同係指各層之材質及厚度之至少一方面相互不同。 The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case where the support sheet is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. That is, all layers may be the same, or all layers may be different, or only a part of the layers may be the same. Further, in the case where the plural layers are different from each other, the combination of these plural layers is not particularly limited. Here, the fact that the plural layers are different from each other means that at least one of the materials and thicknesses of the respective layers are different from each other.

支撐片之厚度根據目的而適當選擇即可,就能夠對前述保護膜形成用複合片賦予充分之可撓性而使對半導體晶圓之貼附性變得良好之方面而言,較佳為10μm至500μm,更佳為20μm至350μm,尤佳為30μm至200μm。 The thickness of the support sheet can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and it is preferable to provide sufficient flexibility to the composite sheet for forming a protective film and to improve the adhesion to the semiconductor wafer, preferably 10 μm. It is up to 500 μm, more preferably from 20 μm to 350 μm, still more preferably from 30 μm to 200 μm.

此處,所謂「支撐片之厚度」係指構成支撐片之各層之合計厚度,例如於將基材及黏著劑層積層而成之支撐片之情形時係指基材之厚度及黏著劑層之厚度之合計值。 Here, the "thickness of the support sheet" means the total thickness of each layer constituting the support sheet, for example, in the case of a support sheet in which a base material and an adhesive layer are laminated, it means the thickness of the base material and the adhesive layer. The total value of the thickness.

此外,支撐片至少一面可成為凹凸面,支撐片之厚度係將支撐片之該凹凸面中之包含凸部之部位的該凸部之尖端作為一個起點而算出即可。 Further, at least one surface of the support sheet may be an uneven surface, and the thickness of the support sheet may be calculated as a starting point of the tip end of the convex portion of the uneven surface of the support sheet including the convex portion.

‧基材 ‧Substrate

前述基材之材質較佳為各種樹脂,作為其具體之例,可列舉:聚乙烯(低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;Low Density Polyethylene)、線性低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;Linear Low Density Polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;High Density Polyethylene)等)、聚丙烯、乙烯-丙烯共聚物、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、聚醯亞胺、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、氟樹脂、這些任一樹脂之氰化物、改性物、交聯物或共聚物等。 The material of the substrate is preferably a variety of resins, and specific examples thereof include polyethylene (LDPE; Low Density Polyethylene, Linear Low Density Polyethylene, LLDPE; Density polyethylene (HDPE; High Density Polyethylene), polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride copolymer, polyparaphenylene Ethylene formate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyurethane, polyacrylamide, polyimide, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, Ionic polymer resin, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, polystyrene, polycarbonate, fluororesin, cyanide, modified product, or any of these resins Linkage or copolymer, etc.

此外,於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係設為包括「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者之概念。 In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic" is a concept including both "acrylic" and "methacrylic".

於支撐片為將基材與黏著劑層等其他層積層而成之情形時,基材之厚度可根據目的而適當選擇,較佳為15μm至300μm,更佳為20μm至200μm。藉由使基材 之厚度為此種範圍,前述保護膜形成用複合片之可撓性、與對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附性進一步提升。 In the case where the support sheet is formed by laminating other layers such as a substrate and an adhesive layer, the thickness of the substrate may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is preferably 15 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 200 μm. By making the substrate The thickness is such a range, and the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesion to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer are further improved.

基材可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成。於基材由複數層所構成之情形時,這些複數層可相互相同亦可不同。此處,所謂「複數層可相互相同亦可不同」係指與前述之支撐片之情形相同。 The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case where the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. Here, the phrase "the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other" means the same as the case of the aforementioned support sheet.

於基材由複數層所構成之情形時,各層之合計厚度宜以成為前述之較佳之基材厚度之方式進行設定。 In the case where the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer is preferably set so as to be a preferred substrate thickness as described above.

基材之具備黏著劑層之面(表面)之表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.001μm至0.1μm,更佳為0.005μm至0.08μm,尤佳為0.01μm至0.04μm。藉由使基材表面之前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射列印。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface (surface) of the substrate having the adhesive layer is preferably from 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.005 μm to 0.08 μm, still more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.04 μm. By setting the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the substrate to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, it is possible to perform laser printing more clearly on the protective film.

基材表面之前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由基材之成形條件、或表面處理條件等而進行調節。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface of the substrate can be adjusted, for example, by molding conditions of the substrate, surface treatment conditions, and the like.

此外,作為藉由切割而將半導體晶圓分離為半導體晶片之方法,例如可列舉:利用使用刀片而切入半導體晶圓之刀片切割、藉由雷射照射而切入半導體晶圓之雷射切割、或藉由噴塗包含研磨劑之水而切入半導體晶圓之水切割等的方法。 Further, as a method of separating a semiconductor wafer into a semiconductor wafer by dicing, for example, laser cutting by cutting a semiconductor wafer using a blade, laser cutting by laser irradiation, or laser cutting into a semiconductor wafer, or A method of cutting water or the like into a semiconductor wafer by spraying water containing an abrasive.

另一方面,作為將半導體晶圓分離為半導體晶片之方法,除了利用這些切割之方法以外,亦可列舉:以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓之內部的焦點之方式照射紅外區域之雷射光,而於半導體晶圓之內部形成改質層後,對該半導體晶圓施加力,藉此於前述改質層之形成部位將半導體晶圓進行分割而進行分離之方法。 On the other hand, as a method of separating a semiconductor wafer into a semiconductor wafer, in addition to the method of using these dicing, it is also possible to irradiate the laser light in the infrared region so as to focus on a focus set inside the semiconductor wafer. After the modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer, a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer, and the semiconductor wafer is divided and separated by the formation portion of the modified layer.

於基材表面之前述表面粗糙度Ra例如為0.01μm至0.2μm之情形時,具備此種基材之保護膜形成用複合片適合在於前述半導體晶圓之內部形成改質層而將半導體晶圓分離時使用。 When the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the substrate is, for example, 0.01 μm to 0.2 μm, the composite sheet for forming a protective film having such a substrate is suitable for forming a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer to form a semiconductor wafer. Used when separating.

另一方面,基材中之與具備黏著劑層之面(表面)相反側之面(背面)之表面粗糙度Ra,換言之為支撐片中之與具備保護膜形成用膜之面(表面)相反側之面(背面)之表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.001μm至4μm,更佳為0.005μm至3.7μm,進一步較佳為0.01μm至3.4μm,尤佳為0.02μm至3.1μm。藉由使基材背面之前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可更容易地減小塗佈層中之與接觸支撐片之側相反側之表面之表面粗糙度Ra,而變得更容易對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 On the other hand, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) on the side opposite to the surface (surface) on which the adhesive layer is provided in the substrate, in other words, the surface (surface) of the support sheet which is provided with the film for forming a protective film The surface roughness Ra of the side surface (back surface) is preferably 0.001 μm to 4 μm, more preferably 0.005 μm to 3.7 μm, still more preferably 0.01 μm to 3.4 μm, still more preferably 0.02 μm to 3.1 μm. By setting the surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the substrate to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the side contacting the support sheet in the coating layer can be more easily reduced, and becomes more It is easy to perform laser printing on the protective film clearly.

基材背面之前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由基材之成形條件、或表面處理條件等而進行調節。 The surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the substrate can be adjusted, for example, by molding conditions of the substrate, surface treatment conditions, and the like.

作為基材之材質的樹脂亦可為經交聯者。 The resin used as the material of the substrate may also be a crosslinked person.

另外,作為基材之材質的樹脂可為藉由熱塑性樹脂之擠出形成而製成片者,亦可為進行延伸而成者,亦可為藉由固化性樹脂之利用公知手段所進行之薄層化及固化而製成片者。 Further, the resin which is a material of the base material may be formed by extrusion of a thermoplastic resin, or may be formed by stretching, or may be formed by a known means by a curable resin. Layered and cured to form a film.

另外,基材可為經著色者,亦可為實施過印刷者。 In addition, the substrate may be a colorant or a printer.

就於耐熱性方面優異,且藉由具有適度之柔軟性而具有延展適應性,拾取適應性亦變得良好之方面而言,基材較佳為含有聚丙烯者。 The substrate is preferably a polypropylene-containing material because it is excellent in heat resistance and has an adaptability by moderate flexibility and a good pick-up property.

含有聚丙烯之基材例如可為僅由聚丙烯所構成之單層或複數層之基材,亦可為將聚丙烯層與聚丙烯以外之樹脂層積層而成之複數層之基材。 The substrate containing polypropylene may be, for example, a single layer or a plurality of layers composed of only polypropylene, or a substrate in which a plurality of layers of a polypropylene layer and a resin other than polypropylene are laminated.

於保護膜形成用膜為熱固化性之情形時,藉由使基材具有耐熱性,可抑制基材因熱所引起之劣化,而有效地抑制半導體裝置之製造製程中之不良情況之發生。 When the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting, by making the substrate heat-resistant, deterioration of the substrate due to heat can be suppressed, and occurrence of defects in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device can be effectively suppressed.

基材亦可為為了提升與設置於基材上之黏著劑層或保護膜形成用膜之接著性,而對表面實施藉由噴砂處理、溶劑處理等所進行之凹凸化處理;或實施電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧-紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理等者。另外,基材亦可為表面經底塗處理者。 The substrate may be embossed by a sand blasting treatment, a solvent treatment or the like in order to improve the adhesion to the adhesive layer or the film for forming a protective film provided on the substrate; or to perform corona treatment Oxidation treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone-ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, etc. Alternatively, the substrate can be a surface treated substrate.

‧黏著劑層 ‧Adhesive layer

前述黏著劑層可適當使用公知者。 A well-known one can use suitably the said adhesive layer.

黏著劑層可使用用於構成黏著劑層之含有黏著劑等各種成分之黏著劑組合物而形成。黏著劑組合物中之於常溫下不會氣化之成分彼此之含量之比率通常與黏著劑層之前述成分彼此之含量之比率相同。此外,於本說明書中,所謂「常溫」係指尤其是不冷不熱之溫度,亦即平常之溫度,例如可列舉15℃至25℃之溫度等。 The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing various components such as an adhesive for constituting the adhesive layer. The ratio of the components in the adhesive composition which are not vaporized at normal temperature to each other is usually the same as the ratio of the contents of the aforementioned components of the adhesive layer to each other. In addition, in the present specification, the term "normal temperature" means a temperature which is not particularly cold or hot, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 ° C to 25 ° C.

黏著劑層之厚度可根據目的而適當選擇,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為2μm至80μm,尤佳為3μm至50μm。 The thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is preferably from 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 2 μm to 80 μm, still more preferably from 3 μm to 50 μm.

黏著劑層可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成。於黏著劑層由複數層所構成之情形時,這些複數層可相互相同亦可不同。此處,所謂「複數層可相互相同亦可不同」係指與前述之支撐片之情形相同。 The adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case where the adhesive layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. Here, the phrase "the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other" means the same as the case of the aforementioned support sheet.

於黏著劑層由複數層所構成之情形時,各層之合計厚度宜以成為前述之較佳之黏著劑層之厚度之方式進行設定。 In the case where the adhesive layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer is preferably set so as to be the thickness of the above-mentioned preferred adhesive layer.

作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、乙烯基醚系樹脂等黏著性樹脂,於著眼於該樹脂之功能之情形時,例如可列舉能量線固化性樹脂等。 Examples of the adhesive include an adhesive resin such as an acrylic resin, an urethane resin, a rubber resin, a polyoxyn resin, or a vinyl ether resin, and the function of the resin is focused on. For example, an energy ray-curable resin or the like can be mentioned.

此外,於本說明書中,所謂「能量線」係指電磁波或帶電粒子線中具有能量子者,作為其例,可列舉:紫外線、電子束等。紫外線例如可使用高壓水銀燈、融合(Fusion)H燈或氙氣燈等作為紫外線源進行照射。電子束可照射利用電子束加速器等而產生之射束。 In the present specification, the term "energy line" means an energy source having electromagnetic waves or charged particle lines, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, electron beams, and the like. For example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, or the like can be used as the ultraviolet light source. The electron beam can illuminate a beam generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like.

作為前述能量線固化性樹脂,例如可列舉:具有(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等聚合性基者。 Examples of the energy ray-curable resin include those having a polymerizable group such as a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group or a vinyl group.

前述黏著性樹脂較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂,更佳為包含源於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元的(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物。 The adhesive resin is preferably an acrylic resin, and more preferably a (meth) acrylate copolymer containing a constituent unit derived from (meth) acrylate.

前述黏著劑層於含有能量線固化性樹脂等之藉由照射能量線而進行聚合之成分之情形時成為能量線固化性之黏著劑層,藉由照射能量線使其黏著性降低,而使下述之附帶保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取變得容易。此種黏著劑層例如可使用含有藉由照射能量線進行聚合之成分的各種黏著劑組合物而形成。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a component which is polymerized by irradiation of an energy ray, such as an energy ray-curable resin, it becomes an energy ray-curable adhesive layer, and the energy is removed by irradiation of an energy ray to lower the adhesion. The picking up of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film described above becomes easy. Such an adhesive layer can be formed, for example, by using various adhesive compositions containing a component polymerized by irradiation with an energy ray.

<<黏著劑組合物>> <<Adhesive composition>>

作為前述黏著劑組合物之較佳者,可列舉含有藉由照射能量線而進行聚合之成分者,作為此種黏著劑組合物,例如可列舉:含有丙烯酸系樹脂與能量線聚合性化合物者(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著劑組合物(i)」);含有具有羥基且側鏈上具有聚合性基之前述丙烯酸系樹脂(例如具有羥 基且側鏈上經由胺基甲酸酯鍵而具有聚合性基者)、與異氰酸酯系交聯劑者(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著劑組合物(ii)」)等。 The binder composition is preferably a component which is polymerized by irradiation with an energy ray. Examples of such an adhesive composition include those containing an acrylic resin and an energy ray polymerizable compound. Hereinafter, it may be simply referred to as "adhesive composition (i)"); the above-mentioned acrylic resin having a hydroxyl group and having a polymerizable group in a side chain (for example, having a hydroxyl group) The group having a polymerizable group via a urethane bond in the side chain and the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "adhesive composition (ii)").

<黏著劑組合物(i)> <Adhesive Composition (i)>

黏著劑組合物(i)含有前述丙烯酸系樹脂與能量線聚合性化合物作為必須成分。 The adhesive composition (i) contains the above-mentioned acrylic resin and an energy ray polymerizable compound as essential components.

以下,對各成分進行說明。 Hereinafter, each component will be described.

[丙烯酸系樹脂] [Acrylic resin]

作為黏著劑組合物(i)中之前述丙烯酸系樹脂之較佳者,例如可列舉:使作為單體之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、與視需要使用之(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之單體進行聚合而獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物。 Preferred examples of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (i) include a monomer other than a (meth) acrylate and, if necessary, a (meth) acrylate. A (meth) acrylate copolymer obtained by carrying out polymerization.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸異十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1至18之鏈狀結構的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Amyl ester, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, ( N-decyl methacrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate ((methyl) ) lauryl acrylate), tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, (a) Propylene Cetyl acid ester (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), (A) a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group of an alkyl ester such as a chain structure of a carbon number of 1 to 18; a (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl ester such as isobornyl acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth) acrylate; arylalkyl (meth) acrylate such as benzyl (meth) acrylate; (methyl) (cyclo)alkyl (meth) acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl acrylate; cycloalkenyloxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth) propylene a glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate; hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate 2-hydroxypropyl ester, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc. A hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate or the like.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等。 Examples of the monomer other than the (meth) acrylate include (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N-methylol acrylamide.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之單體等各種單體可僅為任意1種,亦可為2種以上。 The various monomers such as the (meth) acrylate constituting the acrylic resin and the monomer other than the (meth) acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

黏著劑組合物(i)所含有之丙烯酸系樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The acrylic resin contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

黏著劑組合物(i)之丙烯酸系樹脂之含量相對於黏著劑組合物(i)中之溶劑以外之全部含有成分之總量,較佳為40質量%至99質量%,更佳為50質量%至91量%。 The content of the acrylic resin of the adhesive composition (i) is preferably 40% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 50% by mass based on the total amount of all the components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (i). % to 91% by volume.

[能量線聚合性化合物] [Energy ray polymerizable compound]

前述能量線聚合性化合物係藉由照射能量線進行聚合而固化之化合物,作為其例,可列舉分子內具有能量線固化性雙鍵等能量線聚合性基者。 The energy ray-polymerizable compound is a compound which is polymerized by irradiation with an energy ray, and examples thereof include an energy ray polymerizable group having an energy ray-curable double bond in the molecule.

作為前述能量線聚合性化合物,例如可列舉具有能量線聚合性基之低分子量化合物(單官能或多官能之單體及寡聚物),更具體而言,可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯等丙烯酸酯;二環戊二烯二甲氧基二丙烯酸酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、低聚酯丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯寡聚物、環氧基改性丙烯酸酯、聚醚丙烯酸酯、衣康酸寡聚物等丙烯酸酯系化合物等。 Examples of the energy ray polymerizable compound include low molecular weight compounds (monofunctional or polyfunctional monomers and oligomers) having an energy ray polymerizable group, and more specifically, trimethylolpropane III Acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Acrylate such as acrylate; acrylate containing cyclic aliphatic skeleton such as dicyclopentadiene dimethoxy diacrylate; polyethylene glycol diacrylate, oligoester acrylate, urethane acrylate An acrylate-based compound such as a polymer, an epoxy-modified acrylate, a polyether acrylate or an itaconic acid oligomer.

前述能量線聚合性化合物之分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The molecular weight of the above energy ray polymerizable compound is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

黏著劑組合物(i)所含有之能量線聚合性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The energy ray polymerizable compound contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

黏著劑組合物(i)之能量線聚合性化合物之含量相對於前述丙烯酸系樹脂之含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至125質量份,更佳為10質量份至125質量份。 The content of the energy ray polymerizable compound of the adhesive composition (i) is preferably from 1 part by mass to 125 parts by mass, more preferably from 10 parts by mass to 125 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the content of the acrylic resin.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組合物(i)除了前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可含有光聚合起始劑。 The adhesive composition (i) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound.

前述光聚合起始劑宜為公知者,具體而言,例如可列舉:4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、α-羥基-α,α'-二甲基苯乙酮、2-甲基-2-羥基苯丙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基-丙醯基)-苄基]苯基}-2-甲基-丙烷-1-酮等α-酮醇系化合物;甲氧基苯乙酮、2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-N-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮系化合物;安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、大茴香偶姻甲醚等安息香醚系化合物;苯偶醯二甲基縮酮等縮酮系化合物;2-萘磺醯氯等芳香族磺醯氯系化合物;1-苯酮-1,1-丙烷二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)肟等光活性肟系化合物;二苯甲酮、 苯甲醯基苯甲酸、3,3'-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;噻噸酮(Thioxanthone;9H-thioxanthen-9-one)、2-氯-噻噸酮、2-甲基噻噸酮、2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、異丙基-噻噸酮、2,4-二氯-噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基-噻噸酮、2,4-二異丙基-噻噸酮等噻噸酮系化合物;樟腦醌;鹵化酮;醯基膦氧化物;醯基膦酸酯等。 The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a known one, and specific examples thereof include 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone and α-hydroxy-α, α. '-Dimethylacetophenone, 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropiophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl) -α-keto alcohol compound such as -propenyl)-benzyl]phenyl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one; methoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-benzene Benzophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-N-morpholinylpropan-1-one and the like An ketone-based compound; a benzoin ether compound such as benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, fennel aceton methyl ether; a ketal compound such as benzoin dimethyl ketal; an aromatic sulfonium such as 2-naphthalene sulfonium chloride a chlorine-based compound; a photoactive lanthanide compound such as 1-benzophenone-1,1-propanedione-2-(O-ethoxycarbonyl)anthracene; benzophenone; Benzophenone benzoic acid, benzophenone compound such as 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone; Thioxanthone (9H-thioxanthen-9-one), 2- Chloro-thioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropyl-thioxanthone, 2,4-dichloro-thioxanthone, 2,4-diethyl a thioxanthone compound such as a thioxanthone or a 2,4-diisopropyl-thioxanthone; a camphorquinone; a halogenated ketone; a mercaptophosphine oxide; a decylphosphonate.

黏著劑組合物(i)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,黏著劑組合物(i)之光聚合起始劑之含量相對於前述能量線聚合性化合物之含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,更佳為1質量份至5質量份。藉由使光聚合起始劑之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而充分地獲得由使用光聚合起始劑所產生之功效。另外,藉由使光聚合起始劑之前述含量為前述上限值以下,會抑制由過量之光聚合起始劑產生副生成物之情況,而使黏著劑層之固化更良好地進行。 In the case of using a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator of the adhesive composition (i) is preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the energy-polymerizable compound. More preferably, it is 1 part by mass to 5 parts by mass. By setting the content of the photopolymerization initiator to the above lower limit value, the effect by using a photopolymerization initiator can be sufficiently obtained. In addition, when the content of the photopolymerization initiator is less than or equal to the above upper limit, the occurrence of by-products from an excessive amount of the photopolymerization initiator is suppressed, and the curing of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer proceeds more satisfactorily.

[交聯劑] [crosslinking agent]

黏著劑組合物(i)除了前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可含有交聯劑。 The adhesive composition (i) may contain a crosslinking agent in addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound.

作為前述交聯劑,例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元醯亞胺化合物等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound and an organic polyvalent quinone imide compound.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物以及這些化合物之三聚物、異三聚氰酸酯體及加合物;或使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇化合物進行反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述加合物係指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物、與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫之化合物之反應物。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyisocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyisocyanate compound, an alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and terpolymers, isomeric cyanurates, and adducts of these compounds; A terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound or the alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound with a polyol compound. The above-mentioned adduct refers to the above-mentioned aromatic polyisocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and low molecular weight such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. A reactant of a compound of active hydrogen.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;1,6-己二異氰酸酯;異佛酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇之全部或者一部分羥基加成甲苯二異氰酸酯及1,6-己二異氰酸酯之任一者或兩者而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-benzenedimethyl diisocyanate; 1,4-dimethylbenzene Isocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; addition of toluene diisocyanate to all or a part of hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as trimethylolpropane and a compound obtained by either or both of 6-hexamethylene diisocyanate; an isocyanate diisocyanate or the like.

作為前述有機多元醯亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶羧醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷三(β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯)、四羥甲基甲烷三(β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯)、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶羧醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。 Examples of the organic polyvalent quinone imine compound include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridine carboxamide), and trimethylolpropane tris(β-nitrogen). Propionyl propionate), tetramethylol methane tris(β-aziridine propionate), N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridine carboxamide) Ethyl melamine and the like.

於使用異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑之情形時,作為丙烯酸系樹脂,較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑具有異氰酸酯基,丙烯酸系樹脂具有羥基之情形時,可藉由這些異氰酸酯基與羥基之反應而簡便地對黏著劑層導入交聯結構。 When an isocyanate compound is used as a crosslinking agent, it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the acrylic resin. When the crosslinking agent has an isocyanate group and the acrylic resin has a hydroxyl group, the adhesive layer can be easily introduced into the crosslinked structure by the reaction of these isocyanate groups with a hydroxyl group.

黏著劑組合物(i)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於使用交聯劑之情形時,黏著劑組合物(i)之交聯劑之含量相對於前述丙烯酸系樹脂之含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至16質量份。 In the case of using a crosslinking agent, the content of the crosslinking agent of the adhesive composition (i) is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin. Parts to 16 parts by mass.

[溶劑] [solvent]

較佳為黏著劑組合物(i)除了前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,進一步含有溶劑。 It is preferable that the adhesive composition (i) further contains a solvent in addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound.

前述溶劑並無特別限定,作為較佳者,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基 丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 The solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, and isobutanol (2-methyl group). Alcohols such as propan-1-ol) and 1-butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; An amine (a compound having a guanamine bond) or the like.

黏著劑組合物(i)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be one type or two or more types.

於黏著劑組合物(i)含有溶劑之情形時之溶劑之含量較佳為40質量%至90質量%,更佳為50質量%至80質量%。 The content of the solvent in the case where the adhesive composition (i) contains a solvent is preferably from 40% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 50% by mass to 80% by mass.

[其他成分] [Other ingredients]

黏著劑組合物(i)除了前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可於無損本發明之功效之範圍內,含有不屬於前述光聚合起始劑、交聯劑及溶劑的其他成分。 The adhesive composition (i) may contain, in addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray-polymerizable compound, other components which are not the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator, crosslinking agent and solvent, within the range which does not impair the efficacy of the present invention. .

前述其他成分宜為公知者,可根據目的而任意地選擇,並無特別限定;作為較佳者,例如可列舉:染料、顏料、劣化防止劑、抗靜電劑、阻燃劑、聚矽氧化合物、鏈轉移劑等各種添加劑。 The above-mentioned other components are preferably known, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and are not particularly limited. Preferred examples thereof include a dye, a pigment, a deterioration preventive agent, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant, and a polyoxonium compound. , various additives such as chain transfer agents.

黏著劑組合物(i)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The other components contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be one type or two or more types.

<黏著劑組合物(ii)> <Adhesive Composition (ii)>

黏著劑組合物(ii)含有具有羥基且側鏈上具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂(例如,具有羥基且側鏈上經由胺基甲 酸酯鍵而具有聚合性基者)、與異氰酸酯系交聯劑作為必須成分。 The adhesive composition (ii) contains an acrylic resin having a hydroxyl group and having a polymerizable group in a side chain (for example, having a hydroxyl group and having an amine group on the side chain) An acid ester group is used as the acid ester group, and an isocyanate type crosslinking agent is an essential component.

於使用黏著劑組合物(ii)之情形時,藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂於側鏈上具有聚合性基,與如黏著劑組合物(i)之情形般使用能量線聚合性化合物並藉由照射能量線而進行聚合反應之情形相比,由聚合反應(固化)後之黏著劑層之黏著性降低所引起之從被黏著體之剝離性更加提升,附帶保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取性更加提升。 In the case of using the adhesive composition (ii), by using the acrylic resin to have a polymerizable group on the side chain, the energy ray polymerizable compound is used as in the case of the adhesive composition (i) and by irradiation. The peeling property from the adherend is further improved by the decrease in the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer after the polymerization reaction (curing), and the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is further improved as compared with the case where the energy ray is subjected to the polymerization reaction. .

此外,於本說明書中,黏著劑組合物(ii)中之「丙烯酸系樹脂」之記載只要無特別說明,則係指「側鏈上具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂」。 In addition, in the present specification, the description of the "acrylic resin" in the adhesive composition (ii) means "acrylic resin having a polymerizable group in a side chain" unless otherwise specified.

[丙烯酸系樹脂] [Acrylic resin]

作為前述之側鏈上具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:使作為單體之不具有羥基之不含羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、與具有羥基之含羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含羥基之化合物進行共聚合,對於所獲得之含羥基之共聚物之羥基,使具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物之異氰酸酯基與之反應,形成胺基甲酸酯鍵而獲得者。 Examples of the acrylic resin having a polymerizable group in the side chain include a hydroxyl group-free (meth) acrylate having no hydroxyl group as a monomer, and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group. When a hydroxyl group-containing compound is copolymerized, an isocyanate group of a compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group is reacted with a hydroxyl group of the obtained hydroxyl group-containing copolymer to form a urethane bond.

作為前述不含羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:黏著劑組合物(i)中之(甲基)丙烯酸酯中含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外者。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-free (meth) acrylate include those other than the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate in the (meth) acrylate in the adhesive composition (i).

另外,作為前述含羥基之化合物,可列舉:與黏著劑組合物(i)中之含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯相同者。 Further, examples of the hydroxyl group-containing compound include the same as the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate in the adhesive composition (i).

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂之不含羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含羥基之化合物可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The hydroxy (meth) acrylate and the hydroxyl group-containing compound constituting the acrylic resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為前述具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物,例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯等含異氰酸酯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group include an isocyanate group-containing (meth) acrylate such as 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂之前述具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group in the acrylic resin may be one type or two or more types.

黏著劑組合物(ii)所含有之丙烯酸系樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The acrylic resin contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

黏著劑組合物(ii)之丙烯酸系樹脂之含量相對於黏著劑組合物(ii)中之溶劑以外之全部含有成分之總量,較佳為80質量%至99質量%,更佳為90質量%至97質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin of the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably from 80% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass based on the total of all the components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (ii). % to 97% by mass.

[異氰酸酯系交聯劑] [Isocyanate crosslinking agent]

作為前述異氰酸酯系交聯劑,例如可列舉:與黏著劑組合物(i)中之作為交聯劑之前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物相同者。 The isocyanate-based crosslinking agent is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as a crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組合物(ii)所含有之異氰酸酯系交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The isocyanate crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be one type or two or more types.

黏著劑組合物(ii)中之異氰酸酯系交聯劑所具有之異氰酸酯基之莫耳數相對於黏著劑組合物(ii)中之丙烯酸系樹脂所具有之羥基之莫耳數,較佳為0.2倍至3倍。藉由使異氰酸酯基之前述莫耳數為前述下限值以上,由固化後之黏著劑層之黏著性降低所引起之從被黏著體之剝離性會提升,附帶保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取性提升。另外,藉由使異氰酸酯基之前述莫耳數為前述上限值以下,可進一步抑制由異氰酸酯系交聯劑彼此之反應所引起之副生成物之生成。 The number of moles of the isocyanate group of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably 0.2 with respect to the number of moles of the hydroxyl group of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (ii). Up to 3 times. When the number of moles of the isocyanate group is at least the above lower limit value, the peeling property from the adherend due to the decrease in the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer after curing is improved, and the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is improved. Upgrade. In addition, when the number of moles of the isocyanate group is at most the above upper limit value, generation of by-products due to reaction between the isocyanate-based crosslinking agents can be further suppressed.

黏著劑組合物(ii)之異氰酸酯系交聯劑之含量以異氰酸酯基之莫耳數成為如上所述之範圍之方式進行適當調節即可,於滿足此種條件之基礎上,相對於丙烯酸系樹脂之含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至15質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至12質量份。 The content of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent of the adhesive composition (ii) may be appropriately adjusted so that the number of moles of the isocyanate group becomes as described above, and based on the satisfaction of the above conditions, the acrylic resin is used. The content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.3 parts by mass to 12 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組合物(ii)除了前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,亦可含有光聚合起始劑。 The adhesive composition (ii) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the acrylic resin and the isocyanate crosslinking agent.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:與黏著劑組合物(i)之情形相同者。 The photopolymerization initiator is, for example, the same as in the case of the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組合物(ii)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,黏著劑組合物(ii)之光聚合起始劑之含量相對於丙烯酸系樹脂之含量100質量份,較佳為0.05質量份至20質量份。 In the case of using a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator of the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably from 0.05 part by mass to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin.

藉由使光聚合起始劑之前述含量為前述下限值以上,會充分地獲得由使用光聚合起始劑所產生之功效。另外,藉由使光聚合起始劑之前述含量為前述上限值以下,會抑制自過量之光聚合起始劑生成副生成物之情況,黏著劑層之固化更良好地進行。 When the content of the photopolymerization initiator is at least the above lower limit value, the effect by using a photopolymerization initiator can be sufficiently obtained. In addition, when the content of the photopolymerization initiator is less than or equal to the above upper limit, generation of by-products from an excessive amount of the photopolymerization initiator is suppressed, and curing of the adhesive layer proceeds more satisfactorily.

[溶劑] [solvent]

較佳為黏著劑組合物(ii)除了前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,進一步含有溶劑。 It is preferable that the adhesive composition (ii) further contains a solvent in addition to the acrylic resin and the isocyanate crosslinking agent.

作為前述溶劑,例如可列舉:與黏著劑組合物(i)之情形相同者。 The solvent is, for example, the same as in the case of the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組合物(ii)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be one type or two or more types.

於黏著劑組合物(ii)含有溶劑之情形時之溶劑之含量較佳為40質量%至90質量%,更佳為50質量%至80質量%。 The content of the solvent in the case where the adhesive composition (ii) contains a solvent is preferably from 40% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 50% by mass to 80% by mass.

[其他成分] [Other ingredients]

黏著劑組合物(ii)除了前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,亦可於無損本發明之功效之範圍內,含有不屬於前述光聚合起始劑及溶劑之其他成分。 The adhesive composition (ii) may contain, in addition to the acrylic resin and the isocyanate crosslinking agent, other components which are not the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator and solvent, within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention.

作為前述其他成分,例如可列舉:與黏著劑組合物(i)之情形相同者。 Examples of the other components include the same as those in the case of the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組合物(ii)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The other components contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be one type or two or more types.

以上,對含有藉由照射能量線而進行聚合之成分的黏著劑組合物進行了說明,但黏著劑層之形成亦可使用不含有藉由照射能量線而進行聚合之成分的黏著劑組合物。亦即,黏著劑層亦可為不具有能量線固化性之非能量線固化性之黏著劑層。 As described above, the adhesive composition containing the component polymerized by irradiation with the energy ray has been described. However, the adhesive layer may be formed by using an adhesive composition which does not contain a component which is polymerized by irradiation with an energy ray. That is, the adhesive layer may be a non-energy line curable adhesive layer which does not have energy ray curability.

作為此種非能量線固化性黏著劑組合物之較佳者,例如可列舉含有丙烯酸系樹脂及交聯劑者(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著劑組合物(iii)」)等,亦可含有溶劑、不屬於溶劑之其他成分等任意成分。 Preferred examples of the non-energy-curable adhesive composition include those containing an acrylic resin and a crosslinking agent (hereinafter, simply referred to as "adhesive composition (iii)"). Any component containing a solvent and other components not belonging to the solvent.

<黏著劑組合物(iii)> <Adhesive Composition (iii)>

黏著劑組合物(iii)所含有之前述丙烯酸系樹脂、交聯劑、溶劑及其他成分均為與黏著劑組合物(i)相同者。 The acrylic resin, the crosslinking agent, the solvent, and other components contained in the adhesive composition (iii) are the same as those of the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組合物(iii)之丙烯酸系樹脂之含量相對於黏著劑組合物(iii)中之溶劑以外之全部含有成分之總量,較佳為40質量%至99質量%,更佳為50質量%至93質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin of the adhesive composition (iii) is preferably 40% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 50% by mass based on the total amount of all the components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (iii). % to 93% by mass.

黏著劑組合物(iii)之交聯劑之含量相對於丙烯酸系樹脂之含量100質量份,較佳為3質量份至30質量份,更佳為5質量份至25質量份。 The content of the crosslinking agent of the adhesive composition (iii) is preferably from 3 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, more preferably from 5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin.

黏著劑組合物(iii)除了前述方面以外,與黏著劑組合物(i)相同。 The adhesive composition (iii) is the same as the adhesive composition (i) except for the foregoing aspects.

<<黏著劑組合物之製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of adhesive composition>>

黏著劑組合物(i)至(iii)等前述黏著劑組合物係藉由將前述黏著劑、與視需要之前述黏著劑以外之成分等用以構成各黏著劑組合物之成分加以調配而獲得。 The above-mentioned adhesive composition such as the adhesive composition (i) to (iii) is obtained by blending the above-mentioned adhesive, components other than the above-mentioned adhesive as needed, and the like to form components of the respective adhesive compositions. .

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可將2種以上之成分同時添加。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be simultaneously added.

調配時將各成分加以混合之方法並無特別限定,自使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法、使用混合機進行混合之方法、施加超音波進行混合之方法等公知方法中適當選擇即可。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and is appropriately selected from known methods such as a method of mixing by stirring a stirring blade or a stirring blade, a method of mixing by using a mixer, and a method of applying ultrasonic waves for mixing. Just fine.

各成分於添加及混合時之溫度以及時間只要各調配成分不會劣化,則無特別限定,適當進行調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time of each component to be added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components do not deteriorate, and the temperature may be appropriately adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

○保護膜形成用膜 ○ film for protective film formation

前述保護膜形成用膜可為熱固化性及能量線固化性之任一者。保護膜形成用膜經過固化而最終成為耐衝擊性高之保護膜。該保護膜例如防止切割步驟以後之半導體晶片發生龜裂之情況。 The film for forming a protective film may be either thermosetting or energy ray curable. The film for forming a protective film is cured to finally become a protective film having high impact resistance. This protective film prevents, for example, the occurrence of cracking of the semiconductor wafer after the dicing step.

保護膜形成用膜可使用下述之熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物或能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物(以下,有時包括這些在內而稱為「保護膜形成用組合物」)而形成。 For the film for forming a protective film, the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film or the composition for forming an energy ray-curable protective film (hereinafter referred to as "the composition for forming a protective film" may be used. ) formed.

保護膜形成用膜可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之複數層;於為複數層之情形時,這些複數層可相互相同亦可不同,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The film for forming a protective film may be only one layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers; in the case of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not Specially limited.

保護膜形成用膜之厚度並無特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為5μm至75μm,尤佳為5μm至50μm。藉由使保護膜形成用膜之厚度為前述下限值以上,針對作為被接著體之半導體晶圓及半導體晶片的接著力變得更大。另外,藉由使保護膜形成用膜之厚度為前述上限值以下,於拾取半導體晶片時,可利用剪切力而更容易地將作為固化物之保護膜切斷。 The thickness of the film for forming a protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 5 μm to 75 μm, still more preferably from 5 μm to 50 μm. When the thickness of the film for forming a protective film is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesion force to the semiconductor wafer and the semiconductor wafer as the adherend becomes larger. In addition, when the thickness of the film for forming a protective film is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, when the semiconductor wafer is picked up, the protective film as a cured product can be more easily cut by the shearing force.

‧熱固化性保護膜形成用膜 ‧The film for forming a thermosetting protective film

作為較佳之熱固化性保護膜形成用膜,例如可列舉:含有聚合物成分(A)及熱固化性成分(B)者。聚合物成分(A)係視為聚合性化合物進行聚合反應而形成之成分。另外,熱固化性成分(B)係可將熱作為反應之引發條件而進行固化(聚合)反應之成分。此外,於本發明中,聚合反應亦包括縮聚合反應。 The film for forming a thermosetting protective film is preferably, for example, a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B). The polymer component (A) is a component which is formed by a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. Further, the thermosetting component (B) is a component which can be subjected to a curing (polymerization) reaction by using heat as a reaction initiation condition. Further, in the present invention, the polymerization reaction also includes a polycondensation reaction.

<<熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物>> <<Composition for forming a thermosetting protective film>>

熱固化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有其構成材料之熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物而形成。例如可藉由對熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物,視需要使之乾燥,而於目標部位形成熱固化性保護膜形成用膜。熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物中之於常溫下不會氣化之成分彼此之含量之比率通常與熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之前述成分彼此之含量之比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」如上文之說明所述。 The film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film containing the constituent material. For example, a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film can be applied to a surface to be formed of a film for forming a thermosetting protective film, and if necessary, it can be dried to form a film for forming a thermosetting protective film on a target portion. The ratio of the content of the components which are not vaporized at normal temperature in the thermosetting protective film-forming composition is usually the same as the ratio of the components of the thermosetting protective film-forming film. Here, the "normal temperature" is as described above.

熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物之塗敷藉由公知方法進行即可,例如可列舉使用氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模頭塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、線(meyer)棒式塗佈機、吻合式塗佈機等各種塗佈機之方法。 The application of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film may be carried out by a known method, and examples thereof include an air knife coater, a knife coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, and a roll coating. Machine, roll coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, meyer bar coater, staple coater, etc. The method of the coater.

熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物於含有下述溶劑之情形時,較佳為將其加熱乾燥;於該情形時,例如較佳為於70℃至130℃下以10秒鐘至5分鐘之條件使之乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film are not particularly limited, and when the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film contains a solvent, it is preferably dried by heating; in this case, for example, It is preferably dried at 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

<保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)> <Protective film forming composition (III-1)>

作為熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物,例如可列舉:含有聚合物成分(A)及熱固化性成分(B)之熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)(於本說明書中,有時簡稱為「保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)」)等。 The composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, for example, a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1) containing the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B) (in the present specification) It may be simply referred to as "protective film-forming composition (III-1)").

[聚合物成分(A)] [Polymer component (A)]

聚合物成分(A)係用以對熱固化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等之聚合物化合物。 The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming property or flexibility to the film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之聚合物成分(A)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The polymer component (A) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types, or two or more types. The combinations and ratios of these can be arbitrarily selected.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂(具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之樹脂)、聚酯、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂(具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之樹脂)、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂(具有矽氧烷鍵之樹脂)、橡膠系樹脂(具有橡膠結 構之樹脂)、苯氧基樹脂、熱固化性聚醯亞胺等,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 Examples of the polymer component (A) include an acrylic resin (a resin having a (meth)acrylonitrile group), a polyester, and a urethane resin (a resin having a urethane bond). Acrylic urethane resin, polyoxynene resin (resin having a siloxane coupling), rubber resin (with a rubber knot) The resin of the structure, the phenoxy resin, the thermosetting polyimide, and the like are preferably an acrylic resin.

作為聚合物成分(A)中之前述丙烯酸系樹脂,可列舉公知之丙烯酸系聚合物。 A well-known acrylic polymer is mentioned as said acrylic resin in the polymer component (A).

丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量為前述下限值以上,熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之形狀穩定性(保管時隨時間經過之穩定性)會提升。另外,藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量為前述上限值以下,熱固化性保護膜形成用膜變得容易追隨被黏著體之凹凸面,而更加抑制於被黏著體與熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙等之情況。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably from 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 100,000 to 1,500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is at least the above lower limit value, the shape stability of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film (the stability over time during storage) is improved. In addition, when the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is equal to or less than the above-described upper limit, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and further suppress the adherend and the thermosetting property. A case where pores or the like are formed between the films for film formation.

丙烯酸系樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-60℃至70℃,更佳為-30℃至50℃。藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂之Tg為前述下限值以上,保護膜與支撐片之接著力受到抑制,支撐片之剝離性提升。另外,藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂之Tg為前述上限值以下,熱固化性保護膜形成用膜及保護膜中之與被黏著體之接著力提升。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably from -60 ° C to 70 ° C, more preferably from -30 ° C to 50 ° C. When the Tg of the acrylic resin is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peeling property of the support sheet is improved. In addition, when the Tg of the acrylic resin is equal to or less than the above-described upper limit, the adhesion between the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the protective film and the adherend is improved.

作為丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚合物;選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、 乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中之2種以上之單體之共聚物等。 Examples of the acrylic resin include a polymer of one or two or more kinds of (meth) acrylates, and a (meth)acrylic acid and itaconic acid. A copolymer of two or more kinds of monomers such as vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N-methylol acrylamide.

作為構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1至18之鏈狀結構的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」係指胺基之1個或2個之氫原子被取代為氫原子以外之基而成之基。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, and isopropyl (meth) acrylate. Ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Ethyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Anthracene ester, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) , tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid An alkyl ester (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), etc. The alkyl group has a carbon number of 1 to 18 Chain-structured alkyl (meth)acrylate; isobornyl (meth)acrylate, cycloalkyl (meth)acrylate such as dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate; benzyl (meth)acrylate An arylalkyl (meth)acrylate; a cycloalkylenyl (meth)acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; a dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate; a cycloalkyloxyalkyl acrylate; (meth) acrylimide; a glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate; hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate; 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, (meth) propylene 2-hydroxypropyl acid ester, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate A hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, a substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylate such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, or the like. Here, the "substituted amino group" means a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amine group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom.

丙烯酸系樹脂例如可為除了前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外,亦使選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中之1種或2種以上之單體進行共聚合而成者。 The acrylic resin may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N-methylol acrylamide. One or two or more kinds of monomers are copolymerized.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The monomer constituting the acrylic resin may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these may be arbitrarily selected.

丙烯酸系樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等能夠與其他化合物進行鍵結之官能基。丙烯酸系樹脂之前述官能基可經由下述之交聯劑(F)而與其他化合物進行鍵結,亦可不經由交聯劑(F)而直接與其他化合物進行鍵結。藉由利用前述官能基將丙烯酸系樹脂與其他化合物進行結合,有使用保護膜形成用複合片而獲得之封裝之可靠性提升之傾向。 The acrylic resin may have a functional group capable of bonding with another compound such as a vinyl group, a (meth) acrylonitrile group, an amine group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an isocyanate group. The functional group of the acrylic resin may be bonded to another compound via the crosslinking agent (F) described below, or may be directly bonded to another compound without passing through the crosslinking agent (F). When the acrylic resin is bonded to another compound by the above functional group, the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film tends to be improved.

於本實施形態中,作為聚合物成分(A),亦可將丙烯酸系樹脂以外之熱塑性樹脂(以下,有時僅簡稱為「熱塑性樹脂」)與丙烯酸系樹脂併用。 In the present embodiment, a thermoplastic resin (hereinafter, simply referred to as "thermoplastic resin") other than the acrylic resin may be used in combination with the acrylic resin as the polymer component (A).

藉由使用前述熱塑性樹脂,有如下情況:保護膜之從支撐片之剝離性提升,或熱固化性保護膜形成用膜變得容易追隨被黏著體之凹凸面,而更加抑制於被黏著體與熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙等之情況。 By using the thermoplastic resin, the peeling property of the protective film from the support sheet is improved, or the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is likely to follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and is more inhibited from being adhered to the adherend. A case where pores or the like are formed between the films for forming a thermosetting protective film.

前述熱塑性樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1000至100000,更佳為3000至80000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 80,000.

前述熱塑性樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-30℃至150℃,更佳為-20℃至120℃。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably from -30 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably from -20 ° C to 120 ° C.

作為前述熱塑性樹脂,例如可列舉:聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, and polystyrene.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述熱塑性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The thermoplastic resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, these are Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中,聚合物成分(A)之含量相對於溶劑以外之全部成分之總含量的比率(亦即,熱 固化性保護膜形成用膜之聚合物成分(A)之含量)不論聚合物成分(A)之種類為何,均較佳為5質量%至50質量%,更佳為10質量%至40質量%,尤佳為15質量%至35質量%。 In the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, heat) The content of the polymer component (A) of the film for forming a curable protective film is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 40% by mass, regardless of the kind of the polymer component (A). More preferably, it is 15% by mass to 35% by mass.

聚合物成分(A)有時亦屬於熱固化性成分(B)。於本發明中,於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)含有屬於此種聚合物成分(A)及熱固化性成分(B)之兩者的成分之情形時,視為保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)含有聚合物成分(A)及熱固化性成分(B)。 The polymer component (A) is sometimes also a thermosetting component (B). In the case where the protective film-forming composition (III-1) contains a component belonging to both of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), it is considered to be used for forming a protective film. The composition (III-1) contains a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).

[熱固化性成分(B)] [Thermal curable component (B)]

熱固化性成分(B)係用以使熱固化性保護膜形成用膜固化而形成硬質之保護膜的成分。 The thermosetting component (B) is a component for curing a film for forming a thermosetting protective film to form a hard protective film.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之熱固化性成分(B)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The thermosetting component (B) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types, and two or more types may be used. The combinations and ratios of these can be arbitrarily selected.

作為熱固化性成分(B),例如可列舉:環氧系熱固化性樹脂、熱固化性聚醯亞胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、不飽和聚酯、聚矽氧樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱固化性樹脂。 Examples of the thermosetting component (B) include an epoxy-based thermosetting resin, a thermosetting polyimide, a polyurethane, an unsaturated polyester, a polyoxyl resin, and the like. An epoxy-based thermosetting resin.

(環氧系熱固化性樹脂) (epoxy thermosetting resin)

環氧系熱固化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱固化劑(B2)所構成。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (B1) and a heat curing agent (B2).

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之環氧系熱固化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds; in the case of two or more types The combinations and ratios of these can be arbitrarily selected.

‧環氧樹脂(B1) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)

作為環氧樹脂(B1),可列舉公知者,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等、2官能以上之環氧化合物。 Examples of the epoxy resin (B1) include a polyfunctional epoxy resin, a biphenyl compound, a bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and a hydrogenated product thereof, an o-cresol novolac epoxy resin, and the like. A cyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, a biphenyl type epoxy resin, a bisphenol A type epoxy resin, a bisphenol F type epoxy resin, a phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin, or the like, and a bifunctional or higher epoxy compound.

作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂與不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂相比,與丙烯酸系樹脂之相溶性更高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用保護膜形成用複合片而獲得之封裝之可靠性提升。 As the epoxy resin (B1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used. An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:將多官能系環氧樹脂之環氧基之一部分轉化為具有不飽和烴 基之基而成之化合物。此種化合物例如係藉由對環氧基加成(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物而獲得。 As the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a part of the epoxy group of the polyfunctional epoxy resin is converted into an unsaturated hydrocarbon. a compound formed from the base. Such a compound is obtained, for example, by addition of an epoxy group (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof.

另外,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:於構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等上直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基的化合物等。 In addition, examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring or the like constituting the epoxy resin.

不飽和烴基係具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為其具體例,可列舉:乙烯基(ethenyl、vinyl)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。 The unsaturated hydrocarbon group has a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include a vinyl group (ethenyl, vinyl), a 2-propenyl group (allyl), a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group, and a (meth) group. The acrylamide group or the like is preferably an acrylonitrile group.

此外,於本說明書中,所謂「衍生物」係指原化合物之1個以上之氫原子被取代為氫原子以外之基(取代基)而成者。 In the present specification, the term "derivative" means that one or more hydrogen atoms of the original compound are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom (substituent).

環氧樹脂(B1)之數量平均分子量並無特別限定,就熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之固化性、以及固化後之保護膜之強度及耐熱性之方面而言,較佳為300至30000,更佳為300至10000,尤佳為300至3000。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 300 to 30,000 in terms of the curability of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film after curing. More preferably, it is 300 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 300 to 3,000.

環氧樹脂(B1)之環氧基當量較佳為100g/eq至1100g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至1000g/eq。 The epoxy group equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably from 100 g/eq to 1100 g/eq, more preferably from 150 g/eq to 1000 g/eq.

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上併用;於將2種以上併用之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 One type of the epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the combinations and ratios thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

‧熱固化劑(B2) ‧Hot curing agent (B2)

熱固化劑(B2)係作為針對環氧樹脂(B1)之固化劑而發揮功能。 The thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1).

作為熱固化劑(B2),例如可列舉:1分子中具有2個以上之能夠與環氧基進行反應之官能基的化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酸酐化之基等;較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酸酐化之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 The thermosetting agent (B2) is, for example, a compound having two or more functional groups capable of reacting with an epoxy group in one molecule. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amine group, a carboxyl group, and an acid group-based group; and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amine group, or an acid group is preferably acidified. More preferably, it is a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amine group.

熱固化劑(B2)中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系固化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include a polyfunctional phenol resin, a biphenol, a novolak type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, and an aralkylphenol. Resin, etc.

熱固化劑(B2)中,作為具有胺基之胺系固化劑,例如可列舉:二氰二胺(以下,有時簡稱為「DICY」)等。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amine group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "DICY").

熱固化劑(B2)亦可為具有不飽和烴基者。 The heat curing agent (B2) may also be one having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之熱固化劑(B2),例如可列舉:酚樹脂之一部分羥基被取代為具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物、於酚樹脂之芳香環上直接鍵結具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物等。 Examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound in which a part of a hydroxyl group of a phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring of the phenol resin. The compound formed by the base.

熱固化劑(B2)中之前述不飽和烴基係與前述具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂中之不飽和烴基相同者。 The aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the heat curing agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

於將酚系固化劑用作熱固化劑(B2)之情形時,就提升保護膜之從支撐片之剝離性之方面而言,熱固化劑(B2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度高者。 In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the heat curing agent (B2), the heat curing agent (B2) preferably has a softening point or a high glass transition temperature in terms of improving the peeling property of the protective film from the support sheet. By.

熱固化劑(B2)較佳為於常溫下為固體,且對於環氧樹脂(B1)不顯示固化活性;另一方面,藉由加熱會熔解,且對於環氧樹脂(B1)顯示出固化活性的熱固化劑(以下,有時簡稱為「熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂固化劑」)。 The heat curing agent (B2) is preferably solid at normal temperature and does not exhibit curing activity for the epoxy resin (B1); on the other hand, it is melted by heating, and exhibits curing activity for the epoxy resin (B1). The heat curing agent (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "thermal active latent epoxy resin curing agent").

前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂固化劑於常溫下,於熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中,穩定地分散於環氧樹脂(B1)中,藉由加熱會與環氧樹脂(B1)相溶,而與環氧樹脂(B1)進行反應。藉由使用前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂固化劑,保護膜形成用複合片之保存穩定性顯著地提升。例如,抑制該固化劑自保護膜形成用膜向鄰接之支撐片之移動,而有效地抑制熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之熱固化性之降低。並且,由於熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之加熱之熱固化度進一步提高,故而下述之附帶保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取性進一步提升。 The thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent is stably dispersed in the epoxy resin (B1) in a film for forming a thermosetting protective film at room temperature, and is compatible with the epoxy resin (B1) by heating. And reacted with epoxy resin (B1). By using the aforementioned thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent, the storage stability of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is remarkably improved. For example, the movement of the film from the protective film forming film to the adjacent support sheets is suppressed, and the decrease in the thermosetting property of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is effectively suppressed. In addition, since the degree of thermal curing of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is further improved, the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with the following protective film is further improved.

作為前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂固化劑,例如可列舉:鎓鹽、二元酸二醯肼、二氰二胺、固化劑之胺加成物等。 Examples of the thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent include an onium salt, a dibasic acid dioxime, a dicyandiamide, and an amine adduct of a curing agent.

熱固化劑(B2)中,例如多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等樹脂成分之 數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,尤佳為500至3000。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), for example, a resin component such as a polyfunctional phenol resin, a novolac type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene phenol resin, or an aralkyl phenol resin The number average molecular weight is preferably from 300 to 30,000, more preferably from 400 to 10,000, still more preferably from 500 to 3,000.

熱固化劑(B2)中,例如聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分之分子量並無特別限定,例如較佳為60至500。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), the molecular weight of the non-resin component such as biphenol or dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 60 to 500.

熱固化劑(B2)可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上併用;於將2種以上併用之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The heat curing agent (B2) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the combinations and ratios thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱固化劑(B2)之含量相對於環氧樹脂(B1)之含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至500質量份,更佳為1質量份至200質量份。藉由使熱固化劑(B2)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,則熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之固化變得更容易進行。另外,藉由使熱固化劑(B2)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之吸濕率降低,使用保護膜形成用複合片而獲得之封裝之可靠性進一步提升。 In the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably 0.1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1). The portion is preferably 500 parts by mass, more preferably 1 part by mass to 200 parts by mass. When the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is at least the above lower limit value, curing of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film becomes easier. In addition, when the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is at most the above-described upper limit value, the moisture absorption rate of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is lowered, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. Upgrade.

於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱固化性成分(B)之含量(例如環氧樹脂(B1)及熱固化劑(B2)之總含量)相對於聚合物成分(A)之含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至100質量份,更佳為1.5質量份至85質量份,尤佳為2質量份至70質量份。藉由使熱固 化性成分(B)之前述含量為此種範圍,保護膜與支撐片之接著力受到抑制,支撐片之剝離性提升。 In the film for protective film formation (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the thermosetting component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the heat curing agent (B2) With respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (A), it is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 1.5 parts by mass to 85 parts by mass, still more preferably 2 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass. By making thermosetting The aforementioned content of the chemical component (B) is in such a range, the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peeling property of the support sheet is improved.

[固化促進劑(C)] [Curing accelerator (C)]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有固化促進劑(C)。固化促進劑(C)係用以調整保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)之固化速度的成分。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may further contain a curing accelerator (C). The curing accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the protective film forming composition (III-1).

作為較佳之固化促進劑(C),例如可列舉:三乙二胺、苄基二甲基胺、三乙醇胺、二甲基胺基乙醇、三(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚等三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二(羥基甲基)咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑等咪唑類(1個以上之氫原子被取代為氫原子以外之基的咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等有機膦類(1個以上之氫原子被取代為有機基之膦);四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、三苯基膦四苯基硼酸鹽等四苯基硼鹽等。 Preferred examples of the curing accelerator (C) include triethyldiamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol. Amine; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-di(hydroxymethyl)imidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl An imidazole such as a 5-hydroxymethylimidazole (an imidazole in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with a hydrogen atom); an organic phosphine such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine or triphenylphosphine (1) More than one hydrogen atom is substituted with an organic phosphine; tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate or the like.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之固化促進劑(C)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The curing accelerator (C) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds; in the case of two or more types The combinations and ratios of these can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用固化促進劑(C)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中,固化促進劑(C) 之含量相對於熱固化性成分(B)之含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由使固化促進劑(C)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,更顯著地獲得藉由使用固化促進劑(C)所產生之功效。另外,藉由使固化促進劑(C)之含量為前述上限值以下,例如,抑制高極性之固化促進劑(C)於高溫‧高濕度條件下於熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中移動至與被接著體之接著界面側而發生偏析之情況的功效提高,使用保護膜形成用複合片而獲得之封裝之可靠性進一步提升。 When the curing accelerator (C) is used, the curing accelerator (C) is used in the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film. The content is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the content of the thermosetting component (B). When the content of the curing accelerator (C) is at least the above lower limit value, the effect by using the curing accelerator (C) is more remarkable. In addition, when the content of the curing accelerator (C) is equal to or less than the above-described upper limit, for example, the curing accelerator (C) having high polarity is prevented from moving in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film under high temperature and high humidity conditions. The efficiency of the segregation to the interface side of the adherend is improved, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.

[填充材(D)] [Filling material (D)]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有填充材(D)。藉由使熱固化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材(D),使熱固化性保護膜形成用膜固化而獲得之保護膜變得容易調整熱膨脹係數,藉由將該熱膨脹係數對於保護膜之形成對象物而最佳化,使用保護膜形成用複合片而獲得之封裝之可靠性進一步提升。另外,藉由使熱固化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材(D),亦可降低保護膜之吸濕率,或提升散熱性。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may further contain a filler (D). When the film for forming a thermosetting protective film contains the filler (D), the film obtained by curing the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is easily adjusted in thermal expansion coefficient, and the coefficient of thermal expansion is applied to the protective film. The object is formed and optimized, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. In addition, when the film for forming a thermosetting protective film contains the filler (D), the moisture absorption rate of the protective film can be lowered or the heat dissipation property can be improved.

填充材(D)可為有機填充材及無機填充材之任一者,較佳為無機填充材。 The filler (D) may be any of an organic filler and an inorganic filler, and is preferably an inorganic filler.

作為較佳之無機填充材,例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石粉、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等 之粉末;將這些無機填充材球形化而成之珠;這些無機填充材之表面改質品;這些無機填充材之單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 Examples of preferred inorganic fillers include cerium oxide, aluminum oxide, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, iron oxide, tantalum carbide, boron nitride, and the like. a powder; a bead formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; a surface modification of these inorganic fillers; a single crystal fiber of these inorganic fillers; a glass fiber or the like.

這些中,無機填充材較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。 Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably cerium oxide or aluminum oxide.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之填充材(D)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The filler (D) contained in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用填充材(D)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中,填充材(D)之含量相對於溶劑以外之全部成分之總含量的比率(亦即,熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之填充材(D)之含量)較佳為5質量%至80質量%,更佳為7質量%至60質量%。藉由使填充材(D)之含量為此種範圍,變得更容易調整前述熱膨脹係數。 In the case of using the filler (D), in the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, heat curing) The content of the filler (D) of the film for forming a protective film is preferably from 5% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably from 7% by mass to 60% by mass. By setting the content of the filler (D) to such a range, it becomes easier to adjust the aforementioned coefficient of thermal expansion.

[偶合劑(E)] [coupler (E)]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用具有能夠與無機化合物或有機化合物進行反應之官能基者作為偶合劑(E),能夠提升熱固化性保護膜形成用膜對於被黏著體之接著性及密接性。另外,藉由使用偶合劑(E),使熱固化性保護膜形成用膜固化而獲得之保護膜於無損耐熱性之情況下提升耐水性。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may further contain a coupling agent (E). By using a functional group having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as the coupling agent (E), the adhesion of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film to the adherend and the adhesion can be improved. In addition, the protective film obtained by curing the film for forming a thermosetting protective film by using the coupling agent (E) improves the water resistance without impairing heat resistance.

偶合劑(E)較佳為具有能夠與聚合物成分(A)、熱固化性成分(B)等所具有之官能基進行反應之官能基的化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group possessed by the polymer component (A) or the thermosetting component (B), and more preferably a decane coupling agent.

作為較佳之前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘油基氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油基氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油基氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油基氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)四硫醚、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 Preferred examples of the decane coupling agent include 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, and 3-glycidyloxy group. Propyltriethoxydecane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxy Propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propane Methyldiethoxydecane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercapto Propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, bis(3-triethoxydecylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxy Decane, vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxydecane, imidazolium, and the like.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之偶合劑(E)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The coupling agent (III) and the thermosetting film forming film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用偶合劑(E)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中,偶合劑(E)之含量相 對於聚合物成分(A)及熱固化性成分(B)之總含量100質量份,較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由使偶合劑(E)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,更顯著地獲得填充材(D)向樹脂中之分散性之提升、或熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中之與被接著體之接著性之提升等藉由使用偶合劑(E)而產生之功效。另外,藉由使偶合劑(E)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,進一步抑制逸氣之產生。 In the case of using the coupling agent (E), the content of the coupling agent (E) in the film for protective film formation (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film The total content of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B) is preferably from 0.03 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.05 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, even more preferably 0.1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass. Up to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (E) is at least the above lower limit value, the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin or the film in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is further remarkably obtained. The effect of the use of the coupling agent (E) by the improvement of the adhesion of the body and the like. Further, by setting the content of the coupling agent (E) to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, generation of outgas is further suppressed.

[交聯劑(F)] [crosslinking agent (F)]

作為聚合物成分(A),於使用前述丙烯酸系樹脂等具有能夠與其他化合物進行鍵結之乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等官能基者之情形時,保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有用以使前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而進行交聯之交聯劑(F)。藉由使用交聯劑(F)進行交聯,可對熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之初期接著力及凝集力加以調節。 When the polymer component (A) has a functional group such as a vinyl group, a (meth) acryl fluorenyl group, an amine group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an isocyanate group which can be bonded to another compound, such as the acrylic resin. In the case of the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, a crosslinking agent (F) for bonding the functional group to another compound to be crosslinked may be contained. By crosslinking with a crosslinking agent (F), the initial adhesion force and cohesive force of the film for thermosetting protective film formation can be adjusted.

作為交聯劑(F),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元醯亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an organic polyvalent quinone imine compound, a metal chelate-based crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having a metal chelate structure), and an aziridine-based crosslinking. A crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having an aziridine group) or the like.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下,有時將這些化合物一併簡稱為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等之三聚物、異三聚氰酸酯體及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物進行反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加合物」係指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物、與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等低分子含活性氫化合物之反應物;作為其例子,可列舉如下所述之三羥甲基丙烷之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。另外,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」如上文所說明。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyisocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyisocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyisocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds may be simply referred to as "aromatic polyisocyanate compounds"). a trimer such as the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an isocyanurate or an adduct, and a terminal isocyanate urethane pre-form obtained by reacting the aromatic polyisocyanate compound or the like with a polyol compound. Polymer, etc. The term "adduct" means the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or the alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and is low with ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. The reactant containing the active hydrogen compound in the molecule, and examples thereof include a benzodimethyl diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described below. Further, the "terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer" is as described above.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;1,6-己二異氰酸酯;異佛酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇之全部或一部分羥基加成甲苯二異氰酸酯、1,6-己二異氰酸酯 及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯之任意1種或2種以上而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-benzenedimethyl diisocyanate; 1,4-dimethylbenzene Isocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; addition of toluene diisocyanate to all or a part of hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as trimethylolpropane, ,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate And a compound of any one or two or more kinds of benzodimethyl diisocyanate; an isocyanate diisocyanate or the like.

作為前述有機多元醯亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶羧醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷三(β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯)、四羥甲基甲烷三(β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯)、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶羧醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。 Examples of the organic polyvalent quinone imine compound include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridine carboxamide), and trimethylolpropane tris(β-nitrogen). Propionyl propionate), tetramethylol methane tris(β-aziridine propionate), N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridine carboxamide) Ethyl melamine and the like.

於使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(F)之情形時,作為聚合物成分(A),較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑(F)具有異氰酸酯基,聚合物成分(A)具有羥基之情形時,可藉由交聯劑(F)與聚合物成分(A)之反應,而對熱固化性保護膜形成用膜簡便地導入交聯結構。 In the case where an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (F), as the polymer component (A), a hydroxyl group-containing polymer is preferably used. When the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, it can be formed by reacting the crosslinking agent (F) with the polymer component (A) to form a thermosetting protective film. The crosslinked structure is simply introduced into the film.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之交聯劑(F)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The crosslinking agent (F) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds; in the case of two or more types The combinations and ratios of these can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用交聯劑(F)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中,交聯劑(F)之含量相對於聚合物成分(A)之含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.5質量份至5質量份。藉由使交聯劑(F)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,更顯著地 獲得由使用交聯劑(F)所產生之功效。另外,藉由使交聯劑(F)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,而抑制熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中之與支撐片之接著力、及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜中之與半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之接著力過度降低之情況。 In the case of using the crosslinking agent (F), in the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is preferably 100 parts by mass based on the content of the polymer component (A). It is from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, even more preferably from 0.5 part by mass to 5 parts by mass. By making the content of the crosslinking agent (F) above the lower limit value, more prominently The effect produced by the use of the crosslinking agent (F) is obtained. In addition, when the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is at most the above-described upper limit, the adhesion to the support sheet in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film are suppressed. The case where the bonding force with the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer is excessively lowered.

於本發明中,即使不使用交聯劑(F),亦充分地獲得本發明之功效。 In the present invention, the effects of the present invention are sufficiently obtained even without using the crosslinking agent (F).

[能量線固化性樹脂(G)] [Energy Curing Resin (G)]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)亦可含有能量線固化性樹脂(G)。熱固化性保護膜形成用膜可藉由含有能量線固化性樹脂(G),並藉由照射能量線而使特性發生變化。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) may further contain an energy ray-curable resin (G). The film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be changed in characteristics by irradiating an energy ray by containing an energy ray-curable resin (G).

能量線固化性樹脂(G)係使能量線固化性化合物進行聚合(固化)而獲得者。 The energy ray-curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy ray-curable compound.

作為前述能量線固化性化合物,例如可列舉分子內具有至少1個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 The energy ray-curable compound may, for example, be a compound having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and is preferably an acrylate-based compound having a (meth) acrylonitrile group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲 基)丙烯酸酯等含鏈狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊基酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;低聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯寡聚物;環氧基改性(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;衣康酸寡聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compound include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tetra(a). Acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (A (meth) acrylate containing a chain aliphatic skeleton such as acrylate; (meth) acrylate containing a cyclic aliphatic skeleton such as dicyclopentyl bis(meth)acrylate; polyethylene glycol II Polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate such as (meth) acrylate; oligoester (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylate urethane oligomer; epoxy modified (methyl) An acrylate; a polyether (meth) acrylate other than the above polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate; an itaconic acid oligomer or the like.

前述能量線固化性化合物之重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight average molecular weight of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

聚合所使用之前述能量線固化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The energy ray-curable compound to be used for the polymerization may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these may be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有之能量線固化性樹脂(G)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The energy ray-curable resin (G) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios thereof may be Choose arbitrarily.

於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中,能量線固化性樹脂(G)之含量較佳為1質量%至95質量%,更佳為2質量%至90質量%,尤佳為3質量%至85質量%。 In the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the content of the energy ray-curable resin (G) is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 90% by mass, particularly preferably Mass% to 85% by mass.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] [Photopolymerization initiator (H)]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)於含有能量線固化性樹脂(G)之情形時,為了效率良好地進行能量線固化性樹脂(G)之聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。 When the energy ray-curable resin (G) is contained, the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in order to efficiently carry out the polymerization reaction of the energy ray-curable resin (G). (H).

作為保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中之光聚合起始劑(H),可列舉與黏著劑組合物(ii)中之光聚合起始劑相同者。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) is the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (ii).

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑(H)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these may be Choose arbitrarily.

於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中,光聚合起始劑(H)之含量相對於能量線固化性樹脂(G)之含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為2質量份至5質量份。 In the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film, the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) is preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the energy ray-curable resin (G). More preferably, it is 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 2 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass.

[著色劑(I)] [Colorant (I)]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有著色劑(I)。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may further contain a coloring agent (I).

作為著色劑(I),例如可列舉:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知者。 The coloring agent (I) is, for example, a known one such as an inorganic pigment, an organic pigment, or an organic dye.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉:銨系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓系色素、角鯊烯鎓系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、芘酮系色素、苝系色素、二噁嗪系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹酞酮系色素、吡咯系色素、硫代靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯合鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚苯酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽酮系色素、二噁嗪系色素、萘酚系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林系色素等。 Examples of the organic pigment and the organic dye include an ammonium dye, a cyanine dye, a merocyanine dye, a ketone oxime dye, a squalene ruthenium dye, an anthraquinone dye, and a polymethine. Base dye, naphthoquinone dye, pyranthene dye, phthalocyanine dye, naphthalocyanine dye, naphthalene amide dye, azo dye, condensed azo dye, indigo dye, fluorenone Pigment, anthraquinone dye, dioxazine dye, quinacridone dye, isoindolinone dye, quinophthalone dye, pyrrole dye, thioindigo dye, metal complex dye (metal mismatched salt dye), dithiol metal complex dye, decyl phenol dye, triallyl methane dye, anthrone dye, dioxazine dye, naphthol dye, azo A methine-based dye, a benzimidazolone-based dye, a dermoside-based dye, or a Shihlin-based dye.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide;銦錫氧化物)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide;銻錫氧化物)系色素等。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, a cobalt dye, an iron dye, a chromium dye, a titanium dye, a vanadium dye, a zirconium dye, a molybdenum dye, an anthraquinone dye, a platinum dye, and ITO. (Indium Tin Oxide; indium tin oxide) dye, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide) pigment, and the like.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之著色劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The coloring agent (I) to be contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用著色劑(I)之情形時,熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之著色劑(I)之含量根據目的而適當調節即可。例如,保護膜有藉由雷射照射而實施列印之情形,可藉由調節熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之著色劑(I)之含量,調節保護膜之透光性,而調節列印目視性。另外,亦可藉由調節熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之著色劑(I)之含量,而提升保護膜之設計性,或使半導體晶圓之背面之研磨痕跡變得不易見到。考慮到該方面,於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中,著色劑(I)之含量相對於溶劑以外之全部成分之總含量的比率(亦即,熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之著色劑(I)之含量)較佳為0.1質量%至10質量%,更佳為0.1質量%至7.5質量%,尤佳為0.1質量%至5質量%。藉由使著色劑(I)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而更顯著地獲得由使用著色劑(I)所產生之功效。另外,藉由使著色劑(I)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,而抑制熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之透光性之過度降低。 When the coloring agent (I) is used, the content of the coloring agent (I) of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose. For example, the protective film may be subjected to printing by laser irradiation, and the printing can be adjusted by adjusting the content of the coloring agent (I) of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film. Visual. In addition, the design of the protective film can be improved by adjusting the content of the coloring agent (I) of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, or the polishing marks on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer can be made difficult to see. In view of the above, in the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the ratio of the content of the colorant (I) to the total content of all the components other than the solvent (that is, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film) The content of the coloring agent (I) is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 7.5% by mass, even more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. By setting the content of the coloring agent (I) to be equal to or higher than the above lower limit value, the effect by the use of the coloring agent (I) can be more remarkably obtained. In addition, when the content of the coloring agent (I) is at most the above upper limit value, excessive reduction in light transmittance of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is suppressed.

[通用添加劑(J)] [General Additives (J)]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜亦可於無損本發明之功效之範圍內含有通用添加劑(J)。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a general-purpose additive (J) within a range not detracting from the effects of the present invention.

通用添加劑(J)宜為公知者,可根據目的而任意地選擇,並無特別限定;作為較佳者,例如可列舉:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、除氣劑等。 The general additive (J) is preferably a known one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a deaerator.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之通用添加劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. The combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱固化性保護膜形成用膜之通用添加劑(I)之含量並無特別限定,根據目的而適當選擇即可。 The content of the general additive (I) for the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.

[溶劑] [solvent]

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。含有溶劑之保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)變得操作性良好。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The composition (III-1) for forming a protective film containing a solvent is excellent in handleability.

前述溶劑並無特別限定,作為較佳者,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 The solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butyl. Alcohols such as alcohol; esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; decylamines such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone (having a guanamine bond) Compound) and the like.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these may be arbitrarily selected.

就能夠將保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中之含有成分更均勻地混合之方面而言,保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有之溶劑較佳為甲基乙基酮等。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone, in that the component contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is more uniformly mixed. Wait.

<<熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物之製造方法>> <<Method for Producing Composition for Forming Thermosetting Protective Film>>

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)等熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物係藉由將用以構成其之各成分加以調配而獲得。 The composition for forming a thermosetting protective film such as the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is obtained by blending the components constituting the composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可將2種以上之成分同時添加。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be simultaneously added.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由將溶劑與溶劑以外之任一種調配成分混合,將該調配成分預先加以稀釋而使用,亦可於不將溶劑以外之任一種調配成分預先加以稀釋之情況下,藉由將溶劑與這些調配成分加以混合而使用。 When a solvent is used, the compounding component may be previously diluted by mixing the solvent with any of the components, or may be diluted without preliminarily diluting any of the components other than the solvent. It is used by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients.

調配時將各成分加以混合之方法並無特別限定,自使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等公知方法中適當選擇即可。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by stirring a stirring bar or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a mixer, and a method of applying ultrasonic waves for mixing are appropriately selected. Just fine.

各成分於添加及混合時之溫度以及時間只要各調配成分不會劣化,則無特別限定,適當進行調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time of each component to be added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components do not deteriorate, and the temperature may be appropriately adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

‧能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜 ‧Energy line curable protective film forming film

能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜含有能量線固化性成分(a)。 The film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film contains the energy ray-curable component (a).

能量線固化性成分(a)較佳為未固化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未固化且具有黏著性。此處,所謂「能量線」及「能量線固化性」如上文所說明。 The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably has adhesiveness, more preferably uncured and has adhesiveness. Here, the "energy line" and the "energy line curability" are as described above.

<<能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物>> <<Energy line curable protective film forming composition>>

能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有其構成材料之能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物而形成。例如,可藉由在能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面上塗敷能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物,視需要使之乾燥,而於目標部位形成能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜。能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物中之於常溫下不會氣化之成分彼此之含量之比率通常與能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜之前述成分彼此之含量之比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」如上文所說明。 The film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film can be formed using a composition for forming an energy ray-curable protective film containing the constituent material. For example, a composition for forming an energy ray-curable protective film can be applied to a surface to be formed of a film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film, and if necessary, dried to form an energy ray-curable protective film at a target portion. Use a membrane. The ratio of the content of the components which are not vaporized at normal temperature in the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition is usually the same as the ratio of the components of the energy ray-curable protective film-forming film. Here, the "normal temperature" is as described above.

能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物之塗敷藉由公知方法進行即可,例如可列舉:使用氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模頭塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、線棒式塗佈機、吻合式塗佈機等各種塗佈機之方法。 The application of the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition may be carried out by a known method, and examples thereof include an air knife coater, a knife coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, and a roll type. Coating machine, roll coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, wire bar coater, staple coater, etc. The method of cloth machine.

能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物於含有下述溶劑之情形時,較佳為將其加熱乾燥,於該情形時,例如較佳為於70℃至130℃、10秒鐘至5分鐘之條件下使之乾燥。 The drying condition of the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition is not particularly limited, and when the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition contains the following solvent, it is preferably dried by heating and drying. For example, it is preferably dried at 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

<保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)> <Protective film forming composition (IV-1)>

作為能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物,例如可列舉含有前述能量線固化性成分(a)之能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)(於本說明書中,有時簡稱為「保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)」)等。 The energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition, for example, the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) (in the present specification, sometimes referred to as a short name) It is "the composition (IV-1) for protective film formation").

[能量線固化性成分(a)] [Energy curing component (a)]

能量線固化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而固化之成分,亦為用以對能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等之成分。 The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component which is cured by irradiation with an energy ray, and is a component for imparting film-forming property or flexibility to the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film.

作為能量線固化性成分(a),例如可列舉:具有能量線固化性基之重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線固化性基之分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可為利用交聯劑使其至少一部分進行交聯而成者,亦可為未進行交聯者。 Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and a compound having an energy ray-curable group having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. (a2). The polymer (a1) may be obtained by crosslinking at least a part of the polymer with a crosslinking agent, or may be one in which crosslinking is not carried out.

(具有能量線固化性基之重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)) (Polymer (a1) having an energy-line-curable group having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)

作為具有能量線固化性基之重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1),例如可列舉:使具有能夠與其他化合物所具有之基進行反應之官能基的丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)、與具有和前述官能基進行反應之基及能量線固化性雙鍵等能量線固化性基之能量線固化性化合物(a12)進行加成反應而成之丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)。 The polymer (a1) having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 having an energy ray-curable group, for example, an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by addition reaction with an energy ray-curable compound (a12) having an energy ray-curable group such as a group reactive with the functional group and an energy ray-curable double bond.

作為能夠與其他化合物所具有之基進行反應之前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(胺基之1個或2個氫原子被取代為氫原子以外之基而成之基)、環氧基等。其中,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片等電路之腐蝕之方面而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外之基。 Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, and a substituted amine group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amine group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom) A base, an epoxy group, and the like. Among them, in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

這些之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 Among these, the aforementioned functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

‧具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11) ‧Acrylic polymer with functional group (a11)

作為具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11),例如可列舉使具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體、與不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體進行共聚合而成者,亦可為除了這些單體以外,進一步共聚合丙烯酸系單體以外之單體(非丙烯酸系單體)而成者。 The acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group may, for example, be an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group, or may be In addition to these monomers, a monomer other than the acrylic monomer (non-acrylic monomer) is further copolymerized.

另外,前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物。 Further, the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.

作為具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having the functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxyl group-containing monomer, an amine group-containing monomer, a substituted amine group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer. .

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基 丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid 3- Hydroxypropyl ester, 2-hydroxyl (meth)acrylate a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as butyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate or 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated such as vinyl alcohol or allyl alcohol An alcohol (an unsaturated alcohol having no (meth) acrylonitrile skeleton) or the like.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、甲基順丁烯二酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸之酸酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer include an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid (such as a monocarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth)acrylic acid or crotonic acid; and fumaric acid and itaconol. An ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid (dicarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as an acid, a maleic acid or a methyl maleic acid; an acid anhydride of the above ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid; methacrylic acid A carboxyalkyl (meth)acrylate such as 2-carboxyethyl ester.

作為具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體較佳為含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體,更佳為含羥基之單體。 The acrylic monomer having the above functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxyl group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The acrylic monomer having the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio may be arbitrarily selected. .

作為不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如、例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1至18之鏈狀結構的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no such functional group include, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. Ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Acetyl hexyl acrylate, Heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Isodecyl acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), (meth) acrylate Tridecyl ester, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, cetyl (meth)acrylate ((A) Alkyl group consisting of palmitic acid acrylate, heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), etc. A (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like having a chain structure of 18.

另外,作為不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如亦可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包括(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等在內之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性之(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基丙酯等具有非交聯性之3級胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Further, examples of the acrylic monomer having no such functional group include methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxylated (meth)acrylate. (A) alkoxyalkyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as ester or ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; and aromatic (meth) acrylate such as phenyl (meth) acrylate Group-based (meth) acrylate; non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylamide and its derivatives; (meth)acrylic acid N,N-dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid N A (meth) acrylate having a non-crosslinkable tertiary amino group such as N-dimethylaminopropyl ester.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) which does not have the functional group may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be arbitrarily select.

作為前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述非丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio may be arbitrarily selected.

於前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)中,相對於構成其之構成單元之總量,由具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體所衍生之構成單元之量之比率(含量)較佳為0.1質量%至50質量%,更佳為1質量%至40質量%,尤佳為3質量%至30質量%。藉由使前述比率為此種範圍,於藉由前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)之共聚合而獲得之前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中,能量線固化性基之含量變得能夠容易地將保護膜之固化之程度調節至較佳之範圍。 In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of the constituent units derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group is preferably 0.1% by mass based on the total amount of the constituent units constituting the acrylic polymer (a11). It is 50% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3% by mass to 30% by mass. In the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12), the energy ray is obtained by the copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12). The content of the curable group becomes easy to adjust the degree of curing of the protective film to a preferable range.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios thereof may be arbitrarily selected. .

於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之含量較佳為1質量%至40質量%,更佳為2質量%至30質量%,尤佳為3質量%至20質量%。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably from 1% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 30% by mass, particularly preferably Mass% to 20% by mass.

‧能量線固化性化合物(a12) ‧Energy line curable compound (a12)

前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成之群中之1種或2種以上作為能夠與前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基進行反應之基者,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基者。前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)例如於具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基之情形時,該異氰酸酯基會與具有羥基作為前述官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之該羥基容易地進行反應。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, and a carboxyl group, and is capable of functioning with the acrylic polymer (a11). The base on which the reaction is carried out is more preferably an isocyanate group as the aforementioned base. When the energy ray-curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the above-mentioned group, for example, the isocyanate group is easily reacted with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.

前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)於1分子中較佳為具有1個至5個前述能量線固化性基,更佳為具有1個至2個。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one to five of the energy ray-curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably has one to two.

作為前述能量線固化性化合物(a12),例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、異氰酸間異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-雙(丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、與羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物、與(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate, iso-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl ester, and methacrylic acid. Mercaptoisocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1-bis(acryloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; by diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate The acrylonitrile monoisocyanate compound obtained by the reaction; the acrylonitrile monoisocyanate compound obtained by the reaction of a diisocyanate compound, a polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

這些之中,前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)較佳為異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯。 Among these, the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio may be arbitrarily select.

於前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中,源於前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)之能量線固化性基之含量相對於源於前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述官能基之含量的比率較佳為20莫耳%至120莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%至100莫耳%,尤佳為50莫耳%至100莫耳%。藉由使前述含量之比率為此種範圍,固化後之保護膜之接著力變得更大。此外,於前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)為單官能(1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比率之上限值成為100莫耳%,但於前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)為多官能(1分子中具有2個以上之前述基)化合物之情形時,有前述含量之比率之上限值超過100莫耳%之情況。 In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the content of the energy ray-curable group derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is based on the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11). The ratio is preferably from 20 mol% to 120 mol%, more preferably from 35 mol% to 100 mol%, still more preferably from 50 mol% to 100 mol%. By setting the ratio of the above content to such a range, the adhesion force of the cured protective film becomes larger. In the case where the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (one group having one group in one molecule) compound, the upper limit of the ratio of the content is 100 mol%, but the energy ray is cured. When the compound (a12) is a compound having a polyfunctionality (having two or more of the above-mentioned groups in one molecule), the ratio of the above content is not more than 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000至2000000,更佳為300000至1500000。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is preferably from 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 300,000 to 1,500,000.

此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如上文所說明。 Here, the "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

於前述聚合物(a1)為其至少一部分利用交聯劑進行交聯而成之情形時,前述聚合物(a1)可為不屬於作為構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)者所說明之前述單體之任一者 且具有與交聯劑進行反應之基的單體進行聚合而於與前述交聯劑進行反應之基處進行交聯而成者,亦可為於與源自前述能量線固化性化合物(a12)之前述官能基進行反應之基處進行交聯而成。 In the case where the polymer (a1) is at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent, the polymer (a1) may be the one not described as a constituent of the acrylic polymer (a11). Any of the bodies Further, the monomer having a group reactive with the crosslinking agent is polymerized and crosslinked at a group reactive with the crosslinking agent, and may be derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12). The group in which the aforementioned functional group is reacted is crosslinked.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The polymer (a1) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film may be one type or two or more types, and two or more types may be used. The combinations and ratios of these can be arbitrarily selected.

(具有能量線固化性基之分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)) (Compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000)

作為具有能量線固化性基之分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)所具有之能量線固化性基,可列舉包含能量線固化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳者,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 The energy ray-curable group of the compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 having an energy ray-curable group may, for example, be a group containing an energy ray-curable double bond, and preferably, (methyl) ) acryl oxime, vinyl, and the like.

前述化合物(a2)只要滿足前述條件,則無特別限定,可列舉:具有能量線固化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線固化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線固化性基之酚樹脂等。 The compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above-mentioned conditions, and examples thereof include a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray-curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray-curable group, and a phenol resin having an energy ray-curable group. .

作為前述化合物(a2)中之具有能量線固化性基之低分子量化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或寡聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 The low molecular weight compound having an energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) may, for example, be a polyfunctional monomer or oligomer, and is preferably an acrylate compound having a (meth) acrylonitrile group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基多乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基多丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;異三聚氰酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、ε-己內酯改性異三聚氰酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲基丙烷)四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊 四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇多(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯寡聚物等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compound include 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and propoxylated ethoxylate. Bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(methyl) Acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(methyl)propenyloxy) Ethoxy)phenyl]anthracene, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(a) Acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid Ester, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxyethoxy)phenyl] Propane, new Difunctional (meth)acrylic acid such as diol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1,3-bis(methyl)propenyloxypropane Ester; tris(2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl)isophthalocyanate, ε-caprolactone modified tris(2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl) Ester, ethoxylated glycerol tri(meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth) acrylate, bis(trimethylolpropane) tetra (methyl) Acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra(meth) acrylate, penta Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate such as tetraol tetra(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylate urethane oligo A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomer such as a polymer.

作為前述化合物(a2)中之具有能量線固化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線固化性基之酚樹脂,例如可使用「日本專利特開2013-194102號公報」之段落0043等中所記載者。此種樹脂雖然亦屬於下述之構成熱固化性成分之樹脂,但於本發明中視為前述化合物(a2)。 The epoxy resin having an energy ray-curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) can be, for example, described in paragraph 0043 of "Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-194102". By. Such a resin is also a resin constituting the thermosetting component described below, but is considered as the above compound (a2) in the present invention.

前述化合物(a2)之重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The compound (a2) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combinations and ratios of these can be arbitrarily selected.

[不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)] [Polymer without energy ray-curable group (b)]

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜於含有前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量線固化性成分(a)之情形時,較佳為進一步亦含有不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)。 When the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray-curable component (a), it is preferable to further contain Energy ray-curable group polymer (b).

前述聚合物(b)可為其至少一部分利用交聯劑進行交聯而成,亦可為未進行交聯。 The polymer (b) may be formed by crosslinking at least a part thereof with a crosslinking agent or may be not crosslinked.

作為不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠系樹脂、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂等。 Examples of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group include an acrylic polymer, a phenoxy resin, a urethane resin, a polyester, a rubber resin, and an urethane urethane resin. Wait.

這些之中,前述聚合物(b)較佳為丙烯酸系聚合物(以下,有時簡稱為「丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)」)。 Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter, simply referred to as "acrylic polymer (b-1)").

丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)宜為公知者,例如可為1種丙烯酸系單體之均聚物,亦可為2種以上之丙烯酸系單體之共聚物,亦可為1種或2種以上之丙烯酸系單體、與1種或2種以上之丙烯酸系單體以外之單體(非丙烯酸系單體)之共聚物。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) is preferably a known one, and may be, for example, a homopolymer of one type of acrylic monomer, or a copolymer of two or more types of acrylic monomers, or may be one or two. A copolymer of the above acrylic monomer and a monomer other than the one or more acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomer).

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」如上文所說明。 Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include an alkyl (meth)acrylate, a (meth)acrylate having a cyclic skeleton, and a glycidyl group (A). Acrylate, hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the like. Here, the "substituted amine group" is as described above.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異 丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1至18之鏈狀結構的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. N-butyl acrylate, (meth) acrylate Butyl ester, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) ) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Anthracene ester, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), tridecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Myristyl ester (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, cetyl (meth)acrylate (palmityl (meth)acrylate), (methyl) The alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as cetyl acrylate or octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate) is a chain structure having a carbon number of 1 to 18 (methyl) Alkyl acrylate and the like.

作為前述具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate having a cyclic skeleton include, for example, isobornyl (meth)acrylate and cycloalkyl (meth)acrylate such as dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate; (alkyl) methacrylate such as benzyl acrylate; cycloalkyl alkenyl (meth) acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; dicyclopenteneoxy (meth) acrylate A cyclomethallyl alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like.

作為前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylate include glycidyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). ) 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, (meth) propyl 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.

作為前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate containing a substituted amino group include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) may, for example, be an olefin such as ethylene or norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene or the like.

作為至少一部分利用交聯劑進行交聯而成之前述不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:前述聚合物(b)中之反應性官能基與交聯劑進行反應而成。 The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group which is obtained by crosslinking at least a part of a crosslinking agent, for example, may be a reaction of a reactive functional group in the polymer (b) with a crosslinking agent. Made.

前述反應性官能基只要根據交聯劑之種類等而適當選擇,則無特別限定。例如於交聯劑為多異氰酸酯化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基等,這些之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基之反應性高之羥基。另外,於交聯劑為環氧系化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羧基、胺基、醯胺基等,這些之中較佳為與環氧基之反應性高之羧基。其中,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之電路之腐蝕之方面而言,前述反應性官能基較佳為羧基以外之基。 The reactive functional group is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately selected depending on the type of the crosslinking agent and the like. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, the reactive functional group may, for example, be a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amine group, and among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferred. In the case where the crosslinking agent is an epoxy compound, the reactive functional group may, for example, be a carboxyl group, an amine group or a guanamine group, and among these, a carboxyl group having high reactivity with an epoxy group is preferred. . Among them, in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

作為具有前述反應性官能基且不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:使至少具有前述反應性官 能基之單體進行聚合而獲得。若為丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之情形,則可使用具有前述反應性官能基者作為關於構成其之單體而列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體及非丙烯酸系單體之任一者或兩者。例如,作為具有羥基作為反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b),例如可列舉使含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行聚合而獲得,除此以外可列舉:使上文所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體或非丙烯酸系單體中之1個或2個以上之氫原子被取代為前述反應性官能基而成之單體進行聚合而獲得。 As the polymer (b) having the aforementioned reactive functional group and having no energy ray-curable group, for example, at least the aforementioned reactive officer is mentioned The monomer of the energy base is obtained by polymerization. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), any one of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer exemplified as the monomer constituting the monomer having the reactive functional group or Both. For example, the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group may be obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the above-mentioned acrylic acid may be mentioned. A monomer obtained by substituting one or more hydrogen atoms of the monomer or non-acrylic monomer with the reactive functional group is polymerized.

於具有反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b)中,相對於構成其之構成單元之總量,由具有反應性官能基之單體所衍生之構成單元之量之比率(含量)較佳為1質量%至20質量%,更佳為2質量%至10質量%。藉由使前述比率為此種範圍,於前述聚合物(b)中,交聯之程度成為更佳之範圍。 In the above polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of the constituent unit derived from the monomer having a reactive functional group is preferably relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the functional group. 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 10% by mass. By making the aforementioned ratio into such a range, the degree of crosslinking in the above polymer (b) becomes a more preferable range.

不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)之重量平均分子量(Mw)就保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)之造膜性變得更良好之方面而言,較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如上文所說明。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is preferably 10,000 to 10,000 in terms of the film forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). 2000000, more preferably 100000 to 1.500000. Here, the "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)可僅 為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the film for protective film formation (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film may be used only In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these may be arbitrarily selected.

作為保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1),可列舉含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)之任一者或兩者之組合物。並且,保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)於含有前述化合物(a2)之情形時,較佳為進一步亦含有不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b),於該情形時,亦較佳為進一步含有前述(a1)。另外,保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)亦可不含有前述化合物(a2),且一併含有前述聚合物(a1)、及不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)。 The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film may be a composition containing either or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). Further, when the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it is preferred to further contain the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, and in this case, It is preferable to further contain the aforementioned (a1). In addition, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may not contain the compound (a2), and may contain the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.

於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)及不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,前述化合物(a2)之含量相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)之總含量100質量份,較佳為10質量份至400質量份,更佳為30質量份至350質量份。 When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2), and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the composition for forming a protective film In the above (IV-1), the content of the compound (a2) is preferably 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. 400 parts by mass, more preferably 30 parts by mass to 350 parts by mass.

於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於溶劑以外之成分之總含量,前述能量線固化性成分(a)及不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)之合計含量之比率(亦即,能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜之前述能量線固化性成分(a)及不具有能量線固化性基之聚合物(b)之合計含量)較佳為5質 量%至90質量%,更佳為10質量%至80質量%,尤佳為20質量%至70質量%。藉由使能量線固化性成分之含量之前述比率為此種範圍,能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜之能量線固化性變得更良好。 In the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film, the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group (b) in terms of the total content of components other than the solvent The ratio (that is, the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group in the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film) is preferably 5 The amount is from 90% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, even more preferably from 20% by mass to 70% by mass. When the ratio of the content of the energy ray-curable component is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film is further improved.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)除前述能量線固化性成分以外,亦可根據目的而含有選自由熱固化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑所組成之群中之1種或2種以上。例如,對於藉由使用含有前述能量線固化性成分及熱固化性成分之保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)而形成之能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜而言,藉由加熱,會提升其針對被黏著體之接著力提升,由該能量線固化性保護膜形成用膜所形成之保護膜之強度亦提升。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may contain, in addition to the energy ray-curable component, a thermosetting component, a photopolymerization initiator, a filler, a coupling agent, a crosslinking agent, and a coloring agent, depending on the purpose. One or two or more of the group consisting of a general agent and a general-purpose additive. For example, the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film formed by using the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component and the thermosetting component is heated by heating. The strength of the protective film formed by the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film is also improved by increasing the adhesion to the adherend.

作為保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中之前述熱固化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑,分別可列舉與保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中之熱固化性成分(B)、光聚合起始劑(H)、填充材(D)、偶合劑(E)、交聯劑(F)、著色劑(I)及通用添加劑(J)相同者。 The thermosetting component, the photopolymerization initiator, the filler, the coupling agent, the crosslinking agent, the coloring agent, and the general-purpose additive in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) are each used for forming a protective film. Thermosetting component (B), photopolymerization initiator (H), filler (D), coupling agent (E), crosslinking agent (F), coloring agent (I) in composition (III-1) And the general additive (J) is the same.

於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,前述熱固化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑分別可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上併用,於將 2種以上併用之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the thermosetting component, the photopolymerization initiator, the filler, the coupling agent, the crosslinking agent, the coloring agent, and the general-purpose additive may be used singly or in combination. Use two or more types together, When two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中之前述熱固化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑之含量只要根據目的而適當調節,則無特別限定。 The content of the thermosetting component, the photopolymerization initiator, the filler, the coupling agent, the crosslinking agent, the coloring agent, and the general-purpose additive in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. There is no special limit.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)由於藉由稀釋會提升其操作性,故而較佳為進一步含有溶劑者。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is preferably further contained in a solvent because it is improved in workability by dilution.

作為保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑,例如可列舉:與保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中之溶劑相同者。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is, for example, the same as the solvent in the protective film-forming composition (III-1).

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be one type or two or more types.

<<能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物之製造方法>> <<Method for Producing Composition for Energy-Line Curable Protective Film Formation>>

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)等能量線固化性保護膜形成用組合物係藉由將用以構成其之各成分加以調配而獲得。 The energy ray curable protective film forming composition such as the protective film forming composition (IV-1) is obtained by blending the components constituting the composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可將2種以上之成分同時添加。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be simultaneously added.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可將溶劑與溶劑以外之任一調配成分混合,將該調配成分預先加以稀釋而使用,亦可不將溶劑以外之任一調配成分預先加以稀釋,將溶劑與這些調配成分混合而使用。 When a solvent is used, the solvent may be mixed with any of the components other than the solvent, and the formulation may be diluted beforehand, or the solvent may be mixed with any of the components other than the solvent. Mix and use.

調配時將各成分加以混合之方法並無特別限定,自使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等公知方法中適當選擇即可。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by stirring a stirring bar or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a mixer, and a method of applying ultrasonic waves for mixing are appropriately selected. Just fine.

各成分於添加及混合時之溫度以及時間只要各調配成分不會劣化,則無特別限定,適當進行調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time of each component to be added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components do not deteriorate, and the temperature may be appropriately adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

○塗佈層 ○ coating layer

作為前述塗佈層,例如較佳為含有藉由照射能量線使之固化而獲得之固化物者,較佳為含有藉由照射能量線進行聚合之能量線聚合性化合物的塗佈組合物進行固化而獲得者。並且,前述能量線聚合性化合物較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物。 As the coating layer, for example, a cured product obtained by curing by irradiation with an energy ray is preferably used, and it is preferred to cure the coating composition containing an energy ray polymerizable compound polymerized by irradiation with an energy ray. And the winner. Further, the energy ray polymerizable compound is preferably (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof.

前述保護膜形成用複合片可製成不僅具有形成用以保護經切割而獲得之半導體晶片之背面的保護膜之功能,亦具有例如作為切割半導體晶圓時之切割片之功能者。並且,於切割半導體晶圓時,有時將貼附有保護膜形成用複合片之半導體晶圓加以延展,於該情形時,要求保護膜形成用複合片具有適度之柔軟性。為了對保護膜形成用複合片賦予適度之柔軟性,例如有時選擇聚丙烯等柔軟之樹脂作為構成前述支撐片之材質。另一方面,此種柔軟之樹脂等有時會因加熱而發生變形,或產生皺褶。因此,認為塗 佈層理想為可藉由照射能量線而非熱固化使成為原料之組合物固化而形成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film can be made not only to have a function of forming a protective film for protecting the back surface of the semiconductor wafer obtained by dicing, but also as a function of a dicing sheet for cutting a semiconductor wafer. Further, when the semiconductor wafer is diced, the semiconductor wafer to which the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached may be stretched. In this case, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is required to have appropriate flexibility. In order to impart appropriate flexibility to the composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a soft resin such as polypropylene may be selected as the material constituting the support sheet. On the other hand, such a soft resin or the like may be deformed by heating or wrinkles may occur. Therefore, think of painting The cloth layer is desirably formed by curing the composition of the raw material by irradiation of energy rays instead of heat curing.

前述塗佈層之厚度並無特別限定,較佳為0.1μm至20μm,更佳為0.4μm至15μm,尤佳為0.8μm至10μm。藉由使塗佈層之厚度為前述下限值以上,塗佈層中之與接觸前述支撐片之側相反側之表面之表面粗糙度Ra變得更容易降低,此外,抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連的功效變得更高。另外,藉由使塗佈層之厚度為前述上限值以下,於隔著前述片利用紅外線相機等而檢查貼附有前述保護膜形成用複合片後之半導體晶圓之狀態時,能夠取得更清晰之檢査圖像,此外,能夠更容易地進行伴有延展之半導體晶圓之切割。 The thickness of the coating layer is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 0.1 μm to 20 μm, more preferably from 0.4 μm to 15 μm, still more preferably from 0.8 μm to 10 μm. When the thickness of the coating layer is at least the above lower limit value, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the side contacting the support sheet in the coating layer is more easily lowered, and the formation of the protective film is suppressed. The adhesion of the composite sheet becomes more effective. In addition, when the thickness of the coating layer is equal to or less than the above-described upper limit, it is possible to obtain a state in which the semiconductor wafer to which the protective film forming composite sheet is attached is inspected by an infrared camera or the like via the sheet. Clear inspection images and, in addition, easier cutting of semiconductor wafers with extensions.

此外,塗佈層藉由如上所述被覆支撐片之凹凸面,其與支撐片之接觸面會成為凹凸面,關於塗佈層之厚度,對於塗佈層之該凹凸面上之包含凸部的部位而言,將該凸部之尖端作為一個起點而算出即可。 Further, the coating layer covers the uneven surface of the support sheet as described above, and the contact surface with the support sheet becomes an uneven surface, and the thickness of the coating layer includes the convex portion on the uneven surface of the coating layer. The position may be calculated by using the tip end of the convex portion as a starting point.

前述塗佈層中之與接觸前述支撐片之側相反側之表面之表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.5μm以下,更佳為0.4μm以下,進一步較佳為0.3μm以下,尤佳為0.2μm以下。藉由使塗佈層之前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射列印。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side contacting the support sheet is preferably 0.5 μm or less, more preferably 0.4 μm or less, further preferably 0.3 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.2 μm or less. . By setting the surface roughness Ra of the coating layer to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, it is possible to perform laser printing more clearly on the protective film.

另外,前述塗佈層中之與接觸前述支撐片之側相反側之表面之表面粗糙度Ra之下限值並無特別限定,例如可設為0.005μm等。 In addition, the lower limit of the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the side contacting the support sheet in the coating layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.005 μm or the like.

塗佈層之前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由支撐片之具備塗佈層之側之表面之表面粗糙度Ra、塗佈層之厚度、用以形成塗佈層之下述塗佈組合物之塗敷方法等而進行調節。 The surface roughness Ra of the coating layer can be, for example, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet on the side having the coating layer, the thickness of the coating layer, and the following coating composition for forming the coating layer. Adjustment is performed by a coating method or the like.

關於前述塗佈層,[塗佈層之厚度(μm)]/[支撐片之具備塗佈層之側之表面之表面粗糙度Ra(μm)]之值較佳為0.1至30,更佳為0.3至20,尤佳為0.5至10。藉由使前述值為前述下限值以上,塗佈層中之與接觸前述支撐片之側相反側之表面之表面粗糙度Ra變得更小,而可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射列印,此外,抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連的功效變得更高。另外,藉由使前述值為前述上限值以下,而避免塗佈層之厚度變得過剩。 With respect to the coating layer, the value of [the thickness of the coating layer (μm)] / [the surface roughness Ra (μm) of the surface of the support sheet having the coating layer side) is preferably from 0.1 to 30, more preferably From 0.3 to 20, particularly preferably from 0.5 to 10. By setting the value to be equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the side contacting the support sheet in the coating layer becomes smaller, and the laser film can be more clearly performed on the protective film. In addition, the effect of suppressing the adhesion of the above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film becomes higher. Further, by setting the value to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the thickness of the coating layer is prevented from becoming excessive.

前述塗佈層中之與接觸前述支撐片之側(前述支撐片側)相反側之表面之光澤度(gloss value)較佳為32至95,更佳為40至90,尤佳為45至85。藉由使塗佈層之前述光澤度為此種範圍,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射列印。 The gloss value of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side contacting the side of the support sheet (the side of the support sheet) is preferably from 32 to 95, more preferably from 40 to 90, still more preferably from 45 to 85. By setting the aforementioned glossiness of the coating layer to such a range, it is possible to perform laser printing more clearly on the protective film.

此外,藉由使塗佈層之前述光澤度為前述下限值以上,於隔著前述片利用紅外線相機等而檢査貼附有前述保護膜形成用複合片後之半導體晶圓之狀態時,能夠取得更清 晰之檢査圖像。並且,藉由使塗佈層之前述光澤度為前述上限值以下,於同樣地檢查半導體晶圓之狀態時,塗佈層發亮之現象受到抑制,而變得更容易目視利用紅外線相機等所拍攝之檢査圖像。 In addition, when the glossiness of the coating layer is equal to or greater than the lower limit value, the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the protective film forming composite sheet is attached is inspected by an infrared camera or the like through the sheet, Get more clear Clearly check the image. In addition, when the glossiness of the coating layer is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, when the state of the semiconductor wafer is inspected in the same manner, the phenomenon that the coating layer is brightened is suppressed, and it is easier to visually use an infrared camera or the like. The inspection image taken.

此外,前述光澤度係依據JIS K 7105,自塗佈層中之與前述支撐片側相反側測定塗佈層之表面之20°鏡面光澤度而獲得之值。 Further, the glossiness is a value obtained by measuring the 20° specular gloss of the surface of the coating layer from the side opposite to the side of the support sheet in the coating layer in accordance with JIS K 7105.

保護膜形成用複合片中之從前述塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為47%以下,較佳為1%至47%,更佳為2%至40%,尤佳為3%至30%。藉由使保護膜形成用複合片之前述霧度為前述上限值以下,光之散射得到抑制,而可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射列印。另外,於隔著前述片利用紅外線相機等而檢査貼附有前述保護膜形成用複合片後之半導體晶圓之狀態時,能夠取得更清晰之檢査圖像。 The measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer in the composite sheet for forming a protective film is 47% or less, preferably 1% to 47%, more preferably 2% to 40%, still more preferably 3% to 30%. When the haze of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, scattering of light is suppressed, and laser printing can be performed more clearly on the protective film. In addition, when the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the protective film forming composite sheet is attached is inspected by an infrared camera or the like through the sheet, a clearer inspection image can be obtained.

前述塗佈層之光澤度等各種特性例如可藉由塗佈層之厚度、用以形成塗佈層之下述之塗佈組合物之含有成分等而加以調節。 Various characteristics such as the glossiness of the coating layer can be adjusted, for example, by the thickness of the coating layer, the component of the coating composition to be formed into a coating layer, and the like.

保護膜形成用複合片中之從前述塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值例如可藉由塗佈層或支撐片等構成保護膜形成用複合片之各層之厚度、用以形成這些各層之組合物(例如下述之塗佈組合物)之含有成分等而加以調節。 The measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer in the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be, for example, the thickness of each layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film by a coating layer or a support sheet, etc., for forming these layers. The composition (for example, the coating composition described below) contains components and the like to be adjusted.

<<塗佈組合物>> <<Coating composition>>

前述塗佈組合物較佳為含有如下成分者:二氧化矽溶膠、及鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物的二氧化矽微粒子之任一者或兩者(α)(以下,有時簡稱為「成分(α)」)、與選自由多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物所組成之群中之1種以上(β)(以下,有時簡稱為「成分(β)」)。 The coating composition is preferably one or both of the cerium oxide sol and the cerium oxide microparticles bonded with the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group (α) (hereinafter) One or more (β) selected from the group consisting of a polyfunctional acrylate monomer and an acrylate prepolymer (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "component (α)") "Component (β)").

[成分(α)] [ingredient (α)]

前述成分(α)係使前述塗佈層之折射率降低,並且使前述保護膜形成用複合片之固化收縮性及熱濕收縮性降低,而抑制因這些收縮引起之保護膜形成用複合片發生捲曲之情況。 In the above-mentioned component (α), the refractive index of the coating layer is lowered, and the cured shrinkage property and the thermal wet shrinkability of the composite sheet for forming a protective film are lowered, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film due to the shrinkage is suppressed from occurring. The situation of curling.

作為成分(α)之二氧化矽溶膠,例如可列舉二氧化矽微粒子以膠體狀態懸浮於源自乙二醇之醚(溶纖劑)等有機溶劑中而成之膠體二氧化矽,懸浮之前述二氧化矽微粒子之平均粒徑較佳為0.001μm至1μm,更佳為0.03μm至0.05μm。 Examples of the cerium oxide sol of the component (α) include colloidal cerium oxide in which a cerium oxide fine particle is suspended in an organic solvent such as an ether derived from ethylene glycol (cellosolve) in a colloidal state, and the suspension is as described above. The average particle diameter of the cerium oxide microparticles is preferably from 0.001 μm to 1 μm, more preferably from 0.03 μm to 0.05 μm.

成分(α)之鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物的二氧化矽微粒子係藉由照射能量線而進行交聯及固化者。 The cerium oxide microparticles in which the component (α) is bonded to the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group is crosslinked and cured by irradiation of an energy ray.

作為前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物的二氧化矽微粒子,例如可列舉:使二氧化矽微粒子之表面所存在之矽醇基、與含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物中之官能基進行反應而成者,該二氧化矽微粒子之平均粒徑較佳為0.005μm至1μm。含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物中之前述官能基只要為能夠與二氧化矽微粒子中之前述矽醇基進行反應者,則無特別限定。 Examples of the cerium oxide fine particles to which the radical polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound is bonded include a sterol group in which the surface of the cerium oxide microparticles is present, and a radical polymerizable unsaturated group. The functional group in the organic compound is reacted, and the average particle diameter of the cerium oxide fine particles is preferably from 0.005 μm to 1 μm. The functional group in the radical polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound is not particularly limited as long as it can react with the sterol group in the cerium oxide microparticles.

作為具有前述官能基之含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物,例如可列舉下述通式(1)所表示之化合物等。 Examples of the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group having the above functional group include a compound represented by the following formula (1).

式中,R1為氫原子或甲基;R2為鹵素原子或下述式(2a)至式(2f)之任一者所表示之基。 In the formula, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; and R 2 is a halogen atom or a group represented by any one of the following formulas (2a) to (2f).

作為R2之前述鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氯元素、溴原子、碘原子等。 Examples of the halogen atom of R 2 include a chlorine element, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

作為前述含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之較佳者,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯醯氯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,3-亞胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基)三甲氧基矽烷等。 Preferred examples of the radical polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound include (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylonitrile chloride, and 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate. Glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2,3-iminopropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (3-(methyl)acryloxypropyl) trimethyl Oxydecane, etc.

於本發明中,前述含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上併用。 In the present invention, the above-mentioned organic compound containing a radically polymerizable unsaturated group may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

於成分(α)中,二氧化矽溶膠、及鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物的二氧化矽微粒子可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 In the component (α), the cerium oxide sol and the cerium oxide fine particles to which the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group are bonded may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為成分(α),可僅使用二氧化矽溶膠,亦可僅使用前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物的二氧化矽微粒子,亦可將二氧化矽溶膠、及前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物的二氧化矽微粒子併用。 As the component (α), only the cerium oxide sol may be used, or only the cerium oxide microparticles to which the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group is bonded may be used, or the cerium oxide sol and the aforementioned bond may be used. The cerium oxide microparticles having an organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group are used in combination.

前述塗佈組合物之成分(α)之含量較佳為根據前述支撐片之折射率而加以選擇,通常較佳為前述塗佈層之源自成分(α)之二氧化矽之含量達到20質量%至60質量%之量。藉由使二氧化矽之前述含量為前述下限值以上,使塗佈層之折射率降低之功效、與抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片發生捲曲之功效變得更高。另外,藉由使二氧化矽之前述含量為前述上限值以下,塗佈層之形成變得更容易,抑制塗佈層之硬度降低之功效變得更高。 The content of the component (α) of the coating composition is preferably selected according to the refractive index of the support sheet, and it is generally preferred that the content of the cerium oxide derived from the component (α) of the coating layer is 20 mass. % to 60% by mass. When the content of the cerium oxide is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of lowering the refractive index of the coating layer and the effect of suppressing curling of the composite sheet for forming a protective film become higher. In addition, when the content of the cerium oxide is at most the above upper limit value, the formation of the coating layer becomes easier, and the effect of suppressing the decrease in the hardness of the coating layer becomes higher.

由於前述之塗佈層之折射率、形成容易性及硬度、以及保護膜形成用複合片之發生捲曲之抑制性變得更良好,故而塗佈層之源自成分(α)之二氧化矽之含量更佳為20質量%至45質量%。 The refractive index of the coating layer, the ease of formation and the hardness, and the suppression of occurrence of curl of the composite sheet for forming a protective film become better, and the coating layer is derived from the component (α) of cerium oxide. The content is more preferably from 20% by mass to 45% by mass.

[成分(β)] [ingredient (β)]

前述成分(β)係形成前述塗佈層之主要之光固化性成分。 The component (β) forms a main photocurable component of the coating layer.

前述成分(β)之多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體只要為1分子中具有2個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物,則無特別限定。 The polyfunctional acrylate monomer of the component (β) is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth)acrylic acid derivative having two or more (meth)acrylonyl groups in one molecule.

作為較佳之前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,例如可列舉:1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基特戊酸新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(甲 基)丙烯酸二環戊基酯、己內酯改性二環戊烯基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷改性磷酸二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙基化環己基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙酸改性二季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷改性三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙酸改性二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改性二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Preferred examples of the polyfunctional acrylate monomer include 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, and neopenta-2. Alcohol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, hydroxypivalic acid neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, di(a) Dicyclopentyl acrylate, caprolactone modified dicyclopentenyl di(meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modified di(meth) acrylate, allylated cyclohexyl bis ( Methyl) acrylate, di(meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(meth) acrylate, propionic acid modified dipentaerythritol III ( Methyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth) acrylate, propylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth) acrylate, isomeric isocyanuric acid tris(propylene oxy oxyethyl) ester, two Pentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, propionic acid modified dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and the like.

前述成分(β)中之丙烯酸酯系預聚物只要為因(甲基)丙烯酸酯而具有光固化性之聚合物或寡聚物,則無特別限定。 The acrylate-based prepolymer in the component (β) is not particularly limited as long as it is a photocurable polymer or oligomer due to (meth) acrylate.

作為較佳之前述丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉:聚酯丙烯酸酯系預聚物、環氧丙烯酸酯系預聚物、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯系預聚物、多元醇丙烯酸酯系預聚物等。 Preferred examples of the acrylate-based prepolymer include a polyester acrylate prepolymer, an epoxy acrylate prepolymer, an urethane acrylate prepolymer, and a polyol acrylate prepolymer. Polymer, etc.

作為前述聚酯丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉:將藉由多元羧酸與多元醇之縮合反應而獲得之分子兩末端具有羥基之聚酯寡聚物之羥基利用(甲基)丙烯酸進行酯化而獲得者;藉由將使環氧烷與多元羧酸進行加成反應而獲得之寡聚物之末端羥基利用(甲基)丙烯酸進行酯化而獲得者等。 The polyester acrylate-based prepolymer is, for example, a hydroxyl group of a polyester oligomer having a hydroxyl group at both terminals of a molecule obtained by a condensation reaction of a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol, using (meth)acrylic acid. The esterification is obtained by esterification of a terminal hydroxyl group of an oligomer obtained by an addition reaction of an alkylene oxide and a polyvalent carboxylic acid with (meth)acrylic acid.

作為前述環氧丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉:藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸與相對低分子量之雙酚型環氧樹脂或酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂之氧雜環丙烷環反應而進行酯化從而獲得者。 The epoxy acrylate-based prepolymer is, for example, reacted with (meth)acrylic acid and a relatively low molecular weight bisphenol epoxy resin or a novolak epoxy resin oxirane ring. Esterification to obtain.

作為前述丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉:藉由將利用聚醚多元醇或聚酯多元醇與多異氰酸酯之反應所獲得之聚胺基甲酸酯寡聚物利用(甲基)丙烯酸進行酯化而獲得者。 As the urethane-based prepolymer, for example, a polyurethane oligomer obtained by a reaction of a polyether polyol or a polyester polyol with a polyisocyanate can be used. Acrylic acid obtained by esterification.

作為前述多元醇丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉:藉由將聚醚多元醇之羥基利用(甲基)丙烯酸進行酯化而獲得者。 The polyol acrylate-based prepolymer is obtained, for example, by esterification of a hydroxyl group of a polyether polyol with (meth)acrylic acid.

於成分(β)中,前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 In the component (β), the polyfunctional acrylate monomer and the acrylate prepolymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為成分(β),可僅使用前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,亦可僅使用前述丙烯酸酯系預聚物,亦可將前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物併用。 As the component (β), only the above-mentioned polyfunctional acrylate monomer may be used, or only the acrylate prepolymer may be used, or the polyfunctional acrylate monomer and acrylate prepolymer may be used. And use it.

[溶劑] [solvent]

前述塗佈組合物較佳為除了成分(α)及成分(β)以外,進一步亦含有溶劑。藉由使塗佈組合物含有溶劑,可如下所述將塗佈組合物加以塗敷及乾燥,而容易地形成用以形成塗佈層之塗膜。 The coating composition preferably further contains a solvent in addition to the component (α) and the component (β). By coating the coating composition with a solvent, the coating composition can be applied and dried as follows to easily form a coating film for forming a coating layer.

前述溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上併用。 These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為前述溶劑,例如可列舉:己烷、庚烷、環己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷等鹵化烴;甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等醇;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、2-戊酮、異佛酮、環己酮等酮;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯;2-乙氧基乙醇(乙基溶纖劑)等溶纖劑等。 Examples of the solvent include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, and cyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane and dichloroethane; and methanol, ethanol, and propanol. An alcohol such as butanol or 1-methoxy-2-propanol; a ketone such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone, isophorone or cyclohexanone; an ester of ethyl acetate or butyl acetate; - cellosolve such as ethoxyethanol (ethyl cellosolve).

[任意成分] [arbitrary ingredients]

前述塗佈組合物除了成分(α)及成分(β)以外,亦可於無損本發明之功效之範圍內含有單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體、光聚合起始劑、光敏劑、聚合抑制劑、交聯劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、均化劑、消泡劑等各種任意成分。 The coating composition may contain, in addition to the component (α) and the component (β), a monofunctional acrylate monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, a photosensitizer, a polymerization inhibitor, insofar as the efficacy of the present invention is not impaired. Various components such as a crosslinking agent, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, a leveling agent, and an antifoaming agent.

前述任意成分可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上併用。 The above-mentioned arbitrary components may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體) (monofunctional acrylate monomer)

作為任意成分之前述單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體為光固化性成分,只要為1分子中僅具有1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物,則無特別限定。 The monofunctional acrylate-based monomer which is an optional component is a photocurable component, and is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth)acrylic acid derivative having only one (meth)acryl fluorenyl group in one molecule.

作為較佳之前述單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯等。 Preferred examples of the monofunctional acrylate-based monomer include cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate. Base) lauryl acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), isobornyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.

(光聚合起始劑) (photopolymerization initiator)

關於作為任意成分之前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉習知對於自由基聚合而使用之公知者。 The photopolymerization initiator which is an optional component is a well-known one which is used for radical polymerization.

作為較佳之前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:苯乙酮系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、烷基胺基二苯甲酮系化合物、苯偶醯系化合物、安息香系化合物、安息香醚系化合物、苯偶醯二甲基縮醛系化合物、苯甲醯苯甲酸酯系化合物、α-醯基肟酯系化合物等芳基酮系光聚合起始劑;硫醚系化合物、噻噸酮系化合物等含硫系光聚合起始劑;醯基二芳基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦系化合物;蒽酮系化合物等。 Preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include an acetophenone-based compound, a benzophenone-based compound, an alkylaminobenzophenone-based compound, a benzoin-based compound, a benzoin-based compound, and a benzoin ether. An aryl ketone photopolymerization initiator such as a compound, a benzoin dimethyl acetal compound, a benzamidine benzoate compound or an α-mercapto oxime ester compound; a thioether compound; A sulfur-containing photopolymerization initiator such as a ketone compound; a mercaptophosphine oxide compound such as a mercapto diarylphosphine oxide; an anthrone compound.

此外,於藉由照射電子束使前述塗佈組合物固化之情形時,不需要光聚合起始劑。 Further, in the case where the aforementioned coating composition is cured by irradiation of an electron beam, a photopolymerization initiator is not required.

於前述塗佈組合物中,光聚合起始劑之含量相對於光固化性成分之總含量100質量份,較佳為0.2質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.5質量份至7質量份。 In the coating composition, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 0.2 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.5 part by mass to 7 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the photocurable component.

(光敏劑) (photosensitizer)

作為前述光敏劑,例如可列舉:三級胺類、對二甲胺基苯甲酸酯、硫醇系敏化劑等。 Examples of the photosensitizer include tertiary amines, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid esters, and thiol-based sensitizers.

於前述塗佈組合物中,光敏劑之含量相對於光固化性成分之總含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至20質量份,更佳為2質量份至10質量份。 In the coating composition, the content of the photosensitizer is preferably from 1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 2 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the photocurable component.

(抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑) (antioxidant, UV absorber, light stabilizer)

前述抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑宜為公知者,較佳為分子內具有(甲基)丙烯醯基等的反應型之抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑。這些抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑由於鍵結於藉由照射能量線而形成之聚合物鏈,故而抑制隨時間經過自固化層之逸散,而長期發揮這些成分之功能。 The antioxidant, the ultraviolet absorber, and the light stabilizer are preferably those known in the art, and are preferably a reactive antioxidant such as a (meth) acrylonitrile group in the molecule, an ultraviolet absorber, and a light stabilizer. Since these antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, and light stabilizers are bonded to a polymer chain formed by irradiation of energy rays, the function of these components is exhibited for a long period of time by suppressing escape of the self-cured layer over time.

前述塗佈組合物較佳為含有二氧化矽溶膠作為成分(α)者,更佳為含有以膠體狀態進行懸浮之二氧化矽微粒子之平均粒徑為0.03μm至0.05μm之二氧化矽溶膠者。 The coating composition preferably contains a cerium oxide sol as a component (α), more preferably a cerium oxide sol having an average particle diameter of 0.03 μm to 0.05 μm containing cerium oxide microparticles suspended in a colloidal state. .

藉由使前述塗佈層含有此種二氧化矽溶膠,抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連的功效變得更高。並且,藉由在前述塗佈層中,使此種二氧化矽溶膠較其他區域更多地存在於與支撐片側相反側之表面及其附近區域而分佈不均,抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連的功效進一步變高。為了於前述塗佈層中使二氧化矽溶膠等之含有成分變得分佈不均,調節前述塗佈組合物之塗敷條件即可。 When the coating layer contains such a cerium oxide sol, the effect of suppressing the adhesion of the composite sheet for forming a protective film becomes higher. Further, in the coating layer, such a cerium oxide sol is more distributed than the other regions on the surface on the side opposite to the support sheet side and the vicinity thereof, and the distribution is uneven, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is suppressed. The effect of adhesion is further increased. In order to unevenly distribute the components contained in the cerium oxide sol or the like in the coating layer, the coating conditions of the coating composition may be adjusted.

<<塗佈組合物之製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of coating composition>>

塗佈組合物例如係藉由將成分(α)及成分(β)等能量線聚合性化合物、與視需要之其以外之成分等用以構成塗佈組合物之各成分加以調配而獲得。塗佈組合物例如係藉由除了調配成分不同以外,與前述之黏著劑組合物之情形相同之方法而獲得。 The coating composition is obtained, for example, by blending an energy ray-polymerizable compound such as a component (α) and a component (β) with a component other than the component to form a coating composition. The coating composition is obtained, for example, by the same method as in the case of the above-described adhesive composition except that the formulation components are different.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由將溶劑與溶劑以外之任一調配成分加以混合,將該調配成分預先加以稀釋而使用,亦可於不預先將溶劑以外之任一調配成分加以稀釋之情況下將溶劑與這些調配成分加以混合而使用。 When a solvent is used, it may be prepared by mixing a solvent and a solvent other than the solvent, and the compounding component may be diluted beforehand, or may be diluted without any solvent other than the solvent. The solvent is mixed with these compounding ingredients and used.

塗佈組合物中之溶劑以外之成分可加以溶解,亦可不溶解而加以分散。並且,塗佈組合物之各成分之濃度及黏度只要能夠將塗佈組合物加以塗敷,則無特別限定。 The components other than the solvent in the coating composition may be dissolved or may be dispersed without being dissolved. Further, the concentration and viscosity of each component of the coating composition are not particularly limited as long as the coating composition can be applied.

◎保護膜形成用複合片之製造方法 ◎Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片可藉由如下方式製造:使用前述保護膜形成用組合物而形成保護膜形成用膜,使用前述塗佈組合物而形成塗佈層,並依序將塗佈層、支撐片及保護膜形成用膜加以積層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment can be produced by forming a film for forming a protective film by using the composition for forming a protective film, forming a coating layer using the coating composition, and sequentially coating the film. The film layer, the support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film are laminated.

於支撐片包含複數層之情形時,將這些複數層加以積層而製作支撐片即可。例如於支撐片為將基材及黏著劑層積層而成者之情形時,使用前述黏著劑組合物而形成黏著劑層即可。 In the case where the support sheet contains a plurality of layers, these plural layers may be laminated to form a support sheet. For example, when the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, the adhesive composition may be used to form an adhesive layer.

構成保護膜形成用複合片之各層(塗佈層、支撐片、保護膜形成用膜)之形成順序並無特別限定。此外,關於由組合物形成這些各層,可以保護膜形成用複合片之狀態直接於鄰接之層之表面上進行,亦可另外使用剝離膜(剝離片)而於該表面上進行,並將該形成之層以保護膜形成用複合片之狀態貼合於鄰接之層之表面。其中,於支撐片中之與具備保護膜形成用膜之面(表面)相反側之面(背面)為凹凸面之情形時,為了抑制於塗佈層與支撐片之凹凸面(背面)之間產生空隙部之情況,較佳為塗佈層係於支撐片之凹凸面直接塗敷塗佈組合物而形成。 The order of formation of each layer (coating layer, support sheet, and film for forming a protective film) constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film is not particularly limited. Further, in the formation of the respective layers from the composition, the state in which the composite sheet for film formation can be protected is directly performed on the surface of the adjacent layer, and a release film (release sheet) may be additionally used on the surface, and the formation may be performed. The layer is bonded to the surface of the adjacent layer in the state of the composite sheet for forming a protective film. In the case where the surface (back surface) on the side opposite to the surface (surface) of the film for forming a protective film is a concave-convex surface, it is suppressed between the coating layer and the uneven surface (back surface) of the support sheet. In the case where the void portion is formed, it is preferred that the coating layer be formed by directly applying a coating composition to the uneven surface of the support sheet.

以下,對保護膜形成用複合片之較佳之製造方法之一例進行說明。 Hereinafter, an example of a preferred method for producing a composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described.

較佳為塗佈層係藉由於支撐片之凹凸面(於圖1及圖2中,支撐片10之背面10b、亦即基材11之背面11b)塗敷塗佈組合物,使之乾燥,並使視需要形成之塗膜固化而形成。 Preferably, the coating layer is coated with a coating composition by the uneven surface of the support sheet (the back surface 10b of the support sheet 10, that is, the back surface 11b of the substrate 11 in FIGS. 1 and 2), and dried. It is formed by curing a coating film formed as needed.

塗佈組合物於對象面上之塗敷可藉由公知方法而進行,例如可列舉:使用氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模頭塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、線棒式塗佈機、吻合式塗佈機等各種塗佈機之方法。 The coating of the coating composition on the surface of the object can be carried out by a known method, and examples thereof include an air knife coater, a knife coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, and a roll coating. Machines, roll coaters, curtain coaters, die coaters, knife coaters, screen coaters, wire bar coaters, staple coaters, etc. The method.

於將塗佈組合物塗敷於支撐片之凹凸面之情形時,較佳為抑制於塗佈層與支撐片之凹凸面之間產生空隙部之情況。藉由抑制前述空隙部之產生,而抑制塗佈層與支撐片之凹凸面之邊界之光之漫反射,從而可於保護膜之表面更清晰地進行雷射列印。 In the case where the coating composition is applied to the uneven surface of the support sheet, it is preferable to suppress the occurrence of voids between the coating layer and the uneven surface of the support sheet. By suppressing the occurrence of the void portion, the diffuse reflection of light at the boundary between the coating layer and the uneven surface of the support sheet is suppressed, so that the laser printing can be performed more clearly on the surface of the protective film.

為了抑制前述空隙部之產生,例如較佳為使用黏度小之塗佈組合物。另外,含有能量線聚合性化合物之塗佈組合物通常適合於抑制前述空隙部之產生。 In order to suppress the occurrence of the aforementioned void portion, for example, a coating composition having a small viscosity is preferably used. Further, the coating composition containing the energy ray polymerizable compound is generally suitable for suppressing the generation of the aforementioned void portion.

塗佈組合物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,較佳為將塗佈組合物加以加熱乾燥,於該情形時,例如較佳為於70℃至130℃、0.5分鐘至5分鐘之條件下加以乾燥。 The drying conditions of the coating composition are not particularly limited, and it is preferred to heat-dry the coating composition. In this case, for example, it is preferably dried at 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 0.5 minutes to 5 minutes. .

由塗佈組合物所形成之塗膜之固化條件並無特別限定,藉由公知方法而進行即可。 The curing conditions of the coating film formed from the coating composition are not particularly limited, and may be carried out by a known method.

於藉由照射能量線而進行固化之情形時,例如若為照射紫外線之情形,使用高壓水銀燈、融合H燈或氙氣燈等作為紫外線源,並將照射量設為較佳為100mJ/cm2至500mJ/cm2而進行照射即可。另一方面,若為照射電子束之情形,利用電子束加速器等而產生電子束,並將照射量設為較佳為150kV至350kV而進行照射即可。其中,塗佈層之形成較佳為藉由照射紫外線而進行。 In the case of curing by irradiation with an energy ray, for example, when ultraviolet ray is irradiated, a high pressure mercury lamp, a fused H lamp, a xenon lamp or the like is used as the ultraviolet ray source, and the irradiation amount is preferably 100 mJ/cm 2 . It is sufficient to irradiate at 500 mJ/cm 2 . On the other hand, in the case of irradiating an electron beam, an electron beam is generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like, and the irradiation amount is preferably 150 kV to 350 kV. Among them, the formation of the coating layer is preferably carried out by irradiation of ultraviolet rays.

於支撐片例如為將基材及黏著劑層積層而成者之情形時,黏著劑層可於具備塗佈層之基材之表面(於圖1及2中為基材11之表面11a)直接塗敷黏著劑組合物而形成。但通常較佳為採用另外預先形成黏著劑層並將其貼合於基材之表面之方法,例如於剝離片之剝離處理面塗敷黏著劑組合物並加以乾燥,將藉此所形成之黏著劑層貼合於基材之表面,並去除前述剝離片等。 In the case where the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, the adhesive layer may be directly on the surface of the substrate having the coating layer (the surface 11a of the substrate 11 in FIGS. 1 and 2). It is formed by applying an adhesive composition. However, it is generally preferred to employ a method in which an adhesive layer is additionally formed and adhered to the surface of the substrate, for example, the adhesive composition is applied to the release-treated surface of the release sheet and dried, whereby the adhesive is formed. The agent layer is attached to the surface of the substrate, and the release sheet or the like is removed.

黏著劑組合物可藉由與塗佈組合物之情形相同之方法而塗敷於對象面。 The adhesive composition can be applied to the surface of the object by the same method as in the case of coating the composition.

所塗敷之黏著劑組合物可藉由加熱而使之交聯,該藉由加熱所為之交聯亦可兼作乾燥。加熱條件例如可設為100℃至130℃、1分鐘至5分鐘,但並不限定於此。 The applied adhesive composition can be crosslinked by heating, and the crosslinking by heating can also serve as drying. The heating conditions can be, for example, 100 ° C to 130 ° C for 1 minute to 5 minutes, but are not limited thereto.

於支撐片為僅包含者基材等僅包含1層(單層)者之情形以及例如為將基材及黏著劑層積層而成者等包含複數層之情形之任一情形時,可於具備塗佈層之支撐片之表面(於圖1及圖2中,為支撐片10之表面10a、亦即黏著劑層12之表面12a)直接塗敷保護膜形成用組合物,而形成保護膜形成用膜。但通常較佳為與前述之黏著劑層之情形同樣地採用預先另外形成保護膜形成用膜並將其貼合於支撐片之表面之方法,例如藉由在剝離片之剝離處理面塗敷保護膜形成用組合物,並將其乾燥,將所形成之保護膜 形成用膜貼合於支撐片之表面,視需要去除前述剝離片等。 When the support sheet is a case where only one layer (single layer) is included in the substrate alone, and for example, when the substrate and the adhesive layer are laminated, the plurality of layers may be included. The surface of the support sheet of the coating layer (the surface 10a of the support sheet 10, that is, the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in FIGS. 1 and 2) is directly coated with a composition for forming a protective film to form a protective film. Use a membrane. However, it is generally preferred to use a method of separately forming a film for forming a protective film and attaching it to the surface of the support sheet in the same manner as in the case of the above-mentioned adhesive layer, for example, by applying a protective coating on the release-treated surface of the release sheet. a film forming composition, which is dried to form a protective film The film for formation is bonded to the surface of the support sheet, and the release sheet or the like is removed as needed.

保護膜形成用組合物可藉由與塗佈組合物之情形相同之方法而塗敷於對象面。 The composition for forming a protective film can be applied to the surface of the object by the same method as in the case of coating the composition.

保護膜形成用組合物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,可藉由與塗佈組合物之情形相同之方法加以乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a protective film are not particularly limited, and it can be dried by the same method as in the case of coating the composition.

於支撐片為將基材及黏著劑層積層而成者之情形時,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片亦可藉由前述方法以外之方法而製造。例如亦可於使用前述黏著劑組合物而形成黏著劑層,且使用前述保護膜形成用組合物而形成保護膜形成用膜後,將這些黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜層重疊而製成積層體,並於該積層體之前述黏著劑層之表面(黏著劑層之未設置保護膜形成用膜之面)貼合具備塗佈層之基材之表面(於圖1及2中,為基材11之表面11a),而製造保護膜形成用複合片。 In the case where the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can also be produced by a method other than the above. For example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the film for forming a protective film may be formed by using the protective film-forming composition, and then the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the film for forming a protective film may be laminated. The surface of the base material having the coating layer is bonded to the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on which the film for forming a protective film is not provided) (in FIGS. 1 and 2, A surface 11a) of the substrate 11 is used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

該情形時之黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜之形成條件係與前述方法之情形相同。 In this case, the conditions for forming the adhesive layer and the film for forming a protective film are the same as those of the above method.

於支撐片中之與具備保護膜形成用膜之面(表面)相反側之面(背面)並非凹凸面而為平滑面之情形時,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片亦可藉由前述之方法以外之方法而製造。例如亦可藉由使用前述塗佈組合物而形成塗 佈層,將其貼合於支撐片之平滑面而製成積層體;另一方面,預先使用前述保護膜形成用組合物而形成保護膜形成用膜,將該保護膜形成用膜貼合於前述積層體之支撐片之露出面(支撐片之未設置塗佈層之面),而製造保護膜形成用複合片。另外形成之塗佈層及保護膜形成用膜於支撐片上之貼合順序亦可與前述相反,可藉由在支撐片之一個表面貼合保護膜形成用膜後,於支撐片之另一個表面(支撐片之未設置保護膜形成用膜之面)貼合塗佈層,而製造保護膜形成用複合片。 In the case where the surface (back surface) on the side opposite to the surface (surface) of the film for forming a protective film is not a concave-convex surface and is a smooth surface, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment may be used as described above. Manufactured by methods other than the method. For example, the coating can also be formed by using the aforementioned coating composition. The film layer is bonded to the smooth surface of the support sheet to form a laminate. On the other hand, the film for forming a protective film is formed by using the composition for forming a protective film in advance, and the film for forming a protective film is bonded to the film. The exposed surface of the support sheet of the laminate (the surface of the support sheet on which the coating layer is not provided) is used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film. The order of bonding the formed coating layer and the film for forming a protective film on the support sheet may be reversed as described above, and the film for forming a protective film may be attached to one surface of the support sheet on the other surface of the support sheet. (The surface of the support sheet on which the film for forming a protective film is not provided) The coating layer is bonded to each other to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

另外,亦可於支撐片之一個表面,預先使用前述保護膜形成用組合物而形成保護膜形成用膜,另一方面,使用前述塗佈組合物而形成塗佈層,並將該塗佈層貼合於前述支撐片之露出面(支撐片之未設置保護膜形成用膜之面),而製造保護膜形成用複合片。 In addition, the protective film forming film may be formed by using the protective film forming composition in advance on one surface of the support sheet, and the coating layer may be formed using the coating composition, and the coating layer may be formed. The composite sheet for forming a protective film is produced by being bonded to the exposed surface of the support sheet (the surface of the support sheet on which the film for forming a protective film is not provided).

這些情形時之塗佈層及保護膜形成用膜之形成條件係與前述方法之情形相同。 The conditions for forming the coating layer and the film for forming a protective film in these cases are the same as those in the case of the above method.

例如於製造如圖1所示自上而下俯視保護膜形成用複合片時保護膜形成用膜之表面積小於黏著劑層之表面積之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,於前述之製造方法中,設法將預先切成預定之大小及形狀之保護膜形成用膜設置於黏著劑層上即可。 For example, when manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film, when the surface of the film for forming a protective film is smaller than the surface area of the adhesive layer, the composite film for forming a protective film is formed in the above-described manufacturing method, as shown in FIG. It is sufficient to provide a film for forming a protective film which has been previously cut into a predetermined size and shape on the adhesive layer.

◎保護膜形成用複合片之使用方法 ◎How to use the composite film for forming a protective film

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之使用方法例如以下所示。 The method of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment is as follows, for example.

首先,對保護膜形成用膜為熱固化性之情形時之保護膜形成用複合片之使用方法進行說明。 First, a method of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting will be described.

於該情形時,首先於保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜上貼附半導體晶圓之背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In this case, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the film for forming a protective film of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is fixed to the dicing apparatus.

接著,藉由加熱使保護膜形成用膜固化而製成保護膜。於半導體晶圓之表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研磨膠帶之情形時,通常將該背面研磨膠帶自半導體晶圓去除後,形成保護膜。 Next, the film for forming a protective film is cured by heating to form a protective film. When the back surface polishing tape is attached to the surface (electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer, the back surface polishing tape is usually removed from the semiconductor wafer to form a protective film.

接著,將半導體晶圓加以切割而製成半導體晶片。於形成保護膜後至進行切割為止之期間,可自保護膜形成用複合片之塗佈層之側對保護膜照射雷射光,而於保護膜之表面進行列印。於該情形時,如上文所說明般藉由使保護膜形成用複合片中之從塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為如上所述之特定範圍內,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印。 Next, the semiconductor wafer is diced to form a semiconductor wafer. During the period from the formation of the protective film to the dicing, the protective film may be irradiated with laser light from the side of the coating layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and printed on the surface of the protective film. In this case, as described above, by making the measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer in the composite sheet for forming a protective film into a specific range as described above, the protective film can be clearly polished. Shooting prints.

另外,對於進行切割前之半導體晶圓、或進行切割而獲得之半導體晶片,有時藉由自其背面(貼附有保護膜形成用複合片之面)側利用紅外線相機等進行觀察,而檢查其狀態。例如若為半導體晶片,則有時檢查其有無缺損或破裂等破損。 In addition, the semiconductor wafer obtained by cutting or the semiconductor wafer obtained by dicing may be inspected by an infrared camera or the like from the side of the back surface (the surface on which the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached). Its status. For example, in the case of a semiconductor wafer, it is sometimes checked for damage such as defects or cracks.

另一方面,於本發明之附帶保護膜之半導體晶片中,如上所述自塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為如上所述之特定範圍內,此外,於塗佈層與支撐片之前述背面之間,空隙部之產生得到抑制。因此,於自塗佈層之側隔著保護膜形成用複合片利用紅外線相機等而觀察半導體晶圓或半導體晶片時,由於能夠取得清晰之檢査圖像,故而能夠高精度地進行檢査。 On the other hand, in the semiconductor wafer with a protective film of the present invention, the measured value of the haze on the side from the coating layer as described above is within the specific range as described above, and further, in the coating layer and the support sheet. The generation of the void portion between the back surfaces is suppressed. Therefore, when the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer is observed by the infrared camera or the like through the composite sheet for forming the protective film from the side of the coating layer, the inspection image can be obtained with high precision, so that the inspection can be performed with high precision.

接著,藉由自支撐片將半導體晶片與貼附於其背面之保護膜一併剝離並拾取,而獲得附帶保護膜之半導體晶片。例如於支撐片係將基材及黏著劑層積層而成且前述黏著劑層為能量線固化性之黏著劑層之情形時,藉由照射能量線使黏著劑層固化,自該固化後之黏著劑層將半導體晶片與貼附於其背面之保護膜一併加以拾取,而更容易地獲得附帶保護膜之半導體晶片。 Next, the semiconductor wafer is peeled off and picked up by a self-supporting sheet together with a protective film attached to the back surface thereof to obtain a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. For example, when the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive layer and the adhesive layer is an energy ray-curable adhesive layer, the adhesive layer is cured by irradiating the energy ray, and the adhesive layer is cured after the curing. The agent layer picks up the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film attached to the back surface thereof, and more easily obtains the semiconductor wafer with the protective film.

例如於使用圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片1之保護膜形成用膜13上貼附半導體晶圓之背面,並且將露出之支撐片10(黏著劑層12)貼附於環狀框架等切割用治具(未圖示),而將保護膜形成用複合片1固定於切割裝置。接著,於使保護膜形成用膜13固化而製成保護膜後,對保護膜進行雷射列印,接著進行切割,視需要藉由照射能量線而使黏著劑層12之貼附於前述治具之部位以外之區域固化後,將附帶保護膜 之半導體晶片加以拾取即可。如此,於使用黏著劑層12為能量線固化性之保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,變得需要以其不會自前述治具發生剝離之方式,且以不會使黏著劑層12之特定區域固化之方式加以調節。另一方面,於使用保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,無需另外設置用以將其貼附於前述治具之構成。 For example, when the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 is used, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the film 13 for forming a protective film of the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, and the exposed support sheet 10 is attached. (Adhesive layer 12) is attached to a cutting jig (not shown) such as a ring frame, and the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film is fixed to a cutting device. Next, after the protective film forming film 13 is cured to form a protective film, the protective film is subjected to laser printing, followed by dicing, and the adhesive layer 12 is attached to the above treatment by irradiating the energy ray as necessary. Protective film will be attached after curing in areas other than the part The semiconductor wafer can be picked up. When the adhesive sheet 12 is used as the energy ray-curable composite film 1 for forming a protective film, it is necessary to prevent the adhesive layer from being peeled off from the jig, and the adhesive layer 12 is not caused. The specific area is cured in such a way that it is cured. On the other hand, in the case of using the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, it is not necessary to separately provide a configuration for attaching the same to the jig.

相對於此,於使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片2之保護膜形成用膜23上貼附半導體晶圓之背面,並且將治具用接著劑層16貼附於環狀框架等切割用治具(未圖示),而將保護膜形成用複合片2固定於切割裝置。接著,於使保護膜形成用膜23固化而製成保護膜後,對保護膜進行雷射列印,接著進行切割,視需要藉由照射能量線而使黏著劑層12固化後,將附帶保護膜之半導體晶片加以拾取即可。如此,於使用黏著劑層12為能量線固化性之保護膜形成用複合片2之情形時,與使用保護膜形成用複合片1之情形不同,無需以不會使黏著劑層12之特定區域固化之方式加以調節。另一方面,保護膜形成用複合片2不同於保護膜形成用複合片1,變得需要具備治具用接著劑層16。藉由具備治具用接著劑層16,對於黏著劑層12,可根據目的而選擇範圍廣之組成。 On the other hand, when the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 is used, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the film 23 for forming a protective film of the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, and the jig is attached. The adhesive layer 16 is attached to a cutting jig (not shown) such as an annular frame, and the protective film forming composite sheet 2 is fixed to the cutting device. Then, after the protective film forming film 23 is cured to form a protective film, the protective film is subjected to laser printing, followed by dicing, and if necessary, the adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiation of the energy ray, and the protective layer is additionally protected. The semiconductor wafer of the film can be picked up. When the adhesive sheet 12 is used as the energy ray-curable composite film 2 for forming a protective film, unlike the case of using the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, it is not necessary to prevent the specific region of the adhesive layer 12 from being formed. The way of curing is adjusted. On the other hand, the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film is different from the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, and it is necessary to provide the adhesive layer 16 for a jig. By providing the adhesive layer 16 for a jig, a wide range of compositions can be selected for the adhesive layer 12 depending on the purpose.

其次,對保護膜形成用膜為能量線固化性之情形時之保護膜形成用複合片之使用方法進行說明。 Next, a method of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film in the case where the film for forming a protective film is energy ray curable is described.

於該情形時,首先,與前述之保護膜形成用膜為熱固化性之情形同樣地,於保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附半導體晶圓之背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In this case, the protective film forming film of the composite film for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the protective film is formed, in the same manner as in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting. The composite sheet is fixed to the cutting device.

接著,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜固化而製成保護膜。於半導體晶圓之表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研磨膠帶之情形時,通常將該背面研磨膠帶自半導體晶圓去除後,形成保護膜。 Next, the film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation of an energy ray to form a protective film. When the back surface polishing tape is attached to the surface (electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer, the back surface polishing tape is usually removed from the semiconductor wafer to form a protective film.

接著,將半導體晶圓加以切割而製成半導體晶片。於形成保護膜後至進行切割為止之期間,可自保護膜形成用複合片之塗佈層之側對保護膜照射雷射光,而於保護膜之表面進行列印。自該列印起至切割為止,可與前述之保護膜形成用膜為熱固化性之情形同樣地進行,可與該情形同樣地對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印,可利用紅外線相機等而高精度地進行檢査。 Next, the semiconductor wafer is diced to form a semiconductor wafer. During the period from the formation of the protective film to the dicing, the protective film may be irradiated with laser light from the side of the coating layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and printed on the surface of the protective film. In the same manner as in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermally curable, the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing in the same manner as in the case of the printing, and an infrared camera or the like can be used. The inspection is performed with high precision.

接著,藉由自支撐片將半導體晶片與貼附於其背面之保護膜一併剝離並加以拾取,而獲得附帶保護膜之半導體晶片。 Next, the semiconductor wafer and the protective film attached to the back surface thereof are peeled off by a self-supporting sheet and picked up to obtain a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

該方法尤其適合於例如使用支撐片係將基材及黏著劑層積層而成且前述黏著劑層為非能量線固化性黏著劑 層而作為保護膜形成用複合片之情形。此外,此處對藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜固化後,切割半導體晶圓,並拾取獲得附帶保護膜之半導體晶片之情形進行了說明,但於前述黏著劑層為非能量線固化性之情形時,保護膜形成用膜藉由照射能量線所進行之固化可於至拾取半導體晶片為止之任一階段進行。 The method is particularly suitable for, for example, layering a substrate and an adhesive layer using a support sheet, and the aforementioned adhesive layer is a non-energy curing adhesive. The layer is used as a composite sheet for forming a protective film. In the case where the film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation of an energy ray, the semiconductor wafer is diced, and a semiconductor wafer with a protective film is picked up, but the above-mentioned adhesive layer is non-energy curing. In the case of the property, the curing of the film for forming a protective film by irradiation of the energy ray can be performed at any stage until the semiconductor wafer is picked up.

例如,於使用支撐片係將基材及黏著劑層積層而成且前述黏著劑層為能量線固化性之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,較佳為以下所說明之方法。 For example, in the case of using a support sheet to laminate a substrate and an adhesive layer, and the above-mentioned adhesive layer is an energy ray-curable composite film for forming a protective film, the method described below is preferred.

亦即,首先與前述情形同樣地於保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜上貼附半導體晶圓之背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In other words, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the film for forming a protective film of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is fixed to the dicing apparatus.

接著,自保護膜形成用複合片之塗佈層之側對保護膜照射雷射光,而於保護膜之表面進行列印,並將半導體晶圓加以切割而製成半導體晶片。自該列印起至切割為止,可與前述之保護膜形成用膜為熱固化性之情形同樣地進行,可與該情形同樣地對保護膜清晰地進行雷射列印,可利用紅外線相機等而高精度地進行檢査。 Next, the protective film is irradiated with laser light from the side of the coating layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and is printed on the surface of the protective film, and the semiconductor wafer is diced to form a semiconductor wafer. In the same manner as in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermally curable, the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing in the same manner as in the case of the printing, and an infrared camera or the like can be used. The inspection is performed with high precision.

接著,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜固化而製成保護膜,並且使黏著劑層固化,自該固化後之黏著劑層將半導體晶片與貼附於其背面之保護膜一併加以拾取,藉此獲得附帶保護膜之半導體晶片。 Next, a film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation of an energy ray to form a protective film, and the adhesive layer is cured, and the semiconductor wafer and the protective film attached to the back surface thereof are bonded together from the cured adhesive layer. Picking up, thereby obtaining a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

另一方面,於將長條之保護膜形成用複合片加以捲取之情形時,通常使用於保護膜形成用膜之露出面上積層有剝離膜(於圖1及圖2中為剝離膜15)之狀態之保護膜形成用複合片。並且,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片無論為何種構成(例如為圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1、及圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2之任一者),均隨著將保護膜形成用複合片捲取為輥狀,而將依序積層有塗佈層、支撐片、保護膜形成用膜及剝離膜之積層單位沿著輥之直徑方向依序加以層疊。其結果為,於在輥之直徑方向上相互接觸之積層單位彼此之間,一個積層單位之剝離膜之表面(與設置有保護膜形成用膜之側相反側之面)、與另一個積層單位之塗佈層之背面(與接觸基材之側相反側之面)接觸,成為經推壓之狀態,保護膜形成用複合片之輥係於該狀態下加以保存。但是,藉由設置有塗佈層,於積層單位彼此間,這些剝離膜及塗佈層之貼附得到抑制,因此本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片會抑制黏連。 On the other hand, when a long laminated film for forming a protective film is wound up, a release film is usually laminated on the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film (the release film 15 in FIGS. 1 and 2). a composite sheet for forming a protective film. In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention has any configuration (for example, any of the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 and the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2). In the case where the composite sheet for forming a protective film is wound into a roll shape, the layers of the coating layer, the support sheet, the film for forming a protective film, and the release film are sequentially laminated in the diameter direction of the roll. . As a result, the surface of the peeling film of one build unit (the side opposite to the side where the film for forming a protective film is provided) and the other laminated unit are laminated between the laminated units which are in contact with each other in the diameter direction of the roll. The back surface of the coating layer (the surface opposite to the side contacting the substrate) is brought into contact with each other, and is pressed, and the roll of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is stored in this state. However, since the coating layer is provided, the adhesion between the release film and the coating layer is suppressed between the laminate units. Therefore, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment suppresses adhesion.

使用在前述保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之前述保護膜形成用複合片,並藉由下述方法所測得之前述剝離膜之剝離力較佳為10mN/50mm以下,更佳為7.5mN/50mm以下,尤佳為5mN/50mm以下。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film having a release film formed on the film for forming a protective film, and the peeling force of the release film measured by the following method is preferably 10 mN/50 mm or less, more preferably 7.5 mN. /50mm or less, especially preferably 5mN/50mm or less.

(剝離膜之剝離力之測定方法) (Method for measuring peeling force of peeling film)

藉由將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之狀態之寬度50mm、長度100mm之本發明之保護膜形成用複合片以塗佈層均朝向相同方向且塗佈層之合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,而製成第一最外層為塗佈層且第二最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將該積層體於在保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向上施加980.665mN(亦即100gf)之力(外力)之狀態下於40℃下靜置3天後,測定將於前述積層方向上最接近前述第一最外層之塗佈層的剝離膜以剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件自鄰接之塗佈層(於前述積層方向上最接近前述第一最外層之塗佈層的塗佈層)剝離時之剝離力。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention having a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm in a state in which a film is provided on the film for forming a protective film has a coating layer oriented in the same direction and a total thickness of the coating layer of 10 μm to 60 μm. In the manner of laminating a plurality of sheets, the first outermost layer is a coating layer and the second outermost layer is a laminate of a release film, and the laminate is applied with 980.665 mN in the lamination direction of the composite sheet for forming a protective film (also In the state of the force (external force) of 100 gf), the film was allowed to stand at 40 ° C for 3 days, and then the release film which was closest to the coating layer of the first outermost layer in the laminating direction was measured at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and peeled off. The peeling force at the angle of 180° from the peeling of the adjacent coating layer (the coating layer closest to the coating layer of the first outermost layer in the stacking direction).

此外,此處重疊複數片而成之保護膜形成用複合片均設為相同構成者。另外,所重疊之保護膜形成用複合片之片數較佳為10片。根據此種剝離膜之剝離力,能夠確認本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之黏連抑制功效(耐黏連性)之程度。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film formed by laminating a plurality of sheets here has the same constitution. Further, the number of sheets of the composite sheet for forming a protective film to be laminated is preferably 10 sheets. According to the peeling force of the release film, the degree of adhesion inhibition (blocking resistance) of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment can be confirmed.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,藉由具體之實施例,更詳細地說明本發明。但是,本發明不受以下所示之實施例之任何限定。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of specific examples. However, the invention is not limited by the examples shown below.

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

[實施例1] [Example 1]

製造圖1所示之構成之保護膜形成用複合片。將該保護膜形成用複合片之俯視圖示於圖3。更具體而言,如以下所述。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film having the structure shown in Fig. 1 was produced. A plan view of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Fig. 3 . More specifically, it is as follows.

[第1積層體之製造] [Manufacture of the first laminate]

(熱固化性保護膜形成用組合物之製備) (Preparation of a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film)

將下述成分以下述量(固體成分)加以調配,並調配甲基乙基酮,而獲得固體成分濃度為51質量%之保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)。 The following components were blended in the following amounts (solid content), and methyl ethyl ketone was blended to obtain a protective film-forming composition (III-1) having a solid concentration of 51% by mass.

(聚合物成分(A)) (polymer component (A))

(A)-1:將丙烯酸正丁酯10質量份、丙烯酸甲酯70質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯5質量份及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯15質量份共聚合而成之丙烯酸系樹脂(重量平均分子量400000、玻璃轉移溫度-1℃)150質量份。 (A)-1: an acrylic resin obtained by copolymerizing 10 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 70 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 5 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 15 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ( The weight average molecular weight was 400,000, and the glass transition temperature was -1 ° C) of 150 parts by mass.

(熱固化性成分(B)) (thermosetting component (B))

‧環氧樹脂(B1) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)

(B1)-1:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER828」、環氧基當量183g/eq至194g/eq、分子量370)60質量份。 (B1)-1: bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("JER828" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 183 g/eq to 194 g/eq, molecular weight: 370) 60 parts by mass.

(B1)-2:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER1055」、環氧基當量800g/eq至900g/eq、分子量1600)10質量份。 (B1)-2: bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("JER1055" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 800 g/eq to 900 g/eq, molecular weight 1600) 10 parts by mass.

(B1)-3:二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(DIC公司製造之「Epiclon HP-7200HH」、環氧基當量274g/eq至286g/eq)30質量份。 (B1)-3: 30 parts by mass of a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin ("Epiclon HP-7200HH" manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 274 g/eq to 286 g/eq).

‧熱固化劑(B2) ‧Hot curing agent (B2)

(B2)-1:二氰二胺(固體成分散型潛伏性固化劑、ADEKA公司製造之「Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS」、活性氫量21g/eq)2質量份。 (B2)-1: 2 parts by mass of dicyandiamide (solid dispersion-type latent curing agent, "Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS" manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., active hydrogen amount 21 g/eq).

(固化促進劑(C)) (curing accelerator (C))

(C)-1:2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製造之「Curezol 2PHZ」)2質量份。 (C)-1: 2 parts by mass of 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole ("Curezol 2PHZ" manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.).

(填充材(D)) (filler (D))

(D)-1:二氧化矽填料(Admatechs公司之「SC2050MA」、利用環氧系化合物進行表面修飾者、平均粒徑0.5μm)320質量份。 (D)-1: 320 parts by mass of a cerium oxide filler ("SC2050MA" of Admatechs Co., Ltd., surface-modified with an epoxy-based compound, average particle diameter: 0.5 μm).

(偶合劑(E)) (coupler (E))

(E)-1:γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(矽烷偶合劑、信越化學工業公司製造之「KBM403」、甲氧基當量12.7mmol/g、分子量236.3)0.4質量份。 (E)-1: γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane (a decane coupling agent, "KBM403" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., a methoxy equivalent of 12.7 mmol/g, a molecular weight of 236.3) 0.4 parts by mass.

(著色劑(I)) (colorant (I))

(I)-1:碳黑(顏料、三菱化學公司製造之「MA600B」、平均粒徑28nm)1.2質量份。 (I)-1: 1.2 parts by mass of carbon black (pigment, "MA600B" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, average particle diameter: 28 nm).

(保護膜形成用膜之形成、第1積層體之製造) (Formation of film for forming a protective film, production of a first layered body)

於第1剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-P502010*」、厚度50μm)之剝離處理面上,使用刀式塗佈機,塗佈前述所獲得之保護膜形成用組合物(III-1),並於120℃下乾燥2分鐘,而形成保護膜形成用膜(厚度25μm)。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) obtained by applying the above-mentioned peeling-treated film of the first release film ("SP-P502010*" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness: 50 μm) on the peeling-treated surface using a knife coater The film was dried at 120 ° C for 2 minutes to form a film for forming a protective film (thickness: 25 μm).

接著,於該保護膜形成用膜中之與設置有第1剝離膜之面相反側之面上,貼合第2剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031C」、厚度38μm)之剝離處理面,而獲得依序積層有第1剝離膜、保護膜形成用膜及第2剝離膜而成之長條之積層體。接著,將該長條之積層體製成捲取輥後,將該積層體沿著其寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1之符號w1所示之寬度方向)剪裁為300mm之大小。 Then, the peeling-treated surface of the second release film ("SP-PET381031C" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness: 38 μm) was bonded to the surface of the film for forming a protective film on the side opposite to the surface on which the first release film was provided. In the meantime, a laminate in which a first release film, a film for forming a protective film, and a second release film are laminated in this order is obtained. Then, the laminated body is formed into a take-up roll, and the laminated body is cut into 300 mm along the width direction thereof (the width direction indicated by the symbol w1 of the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in Fig. 3). The size.

然後,對於該剪裁之積層體,於其寬度方向中央部,自第2剝離膜側,連同第2剝離膜及保護膜形成用膜一併進行以於俯視下描繪出直徑220mm之圓形之方式形成切口之半切斷。此外,於本說明書中,所謂積層體之「俯視」係指將積層體於其積層方向上自上而下進行觀察。並且,僅留下藉由該半切斷所形成之圓形之部分,將第2剝離膜及保護膜形成用膜自前述積層體去除,藉此獲得於第1剝離膜之剝離處理面上依序積層有俯視下為圓形之保護膜形成用膜及第2剝離膜而成之第1積層體。該第1積層體中之圓形之保護膜形成用膜相對於圖3所示之保護膜 形成用複合片1中之直徑d1為220mm之圓形之保護膜形成用膜13。 Then, the layered body of the cut is formed in the center portion in the width direction from the second release film side together with the second release film and the film for forming a protective film to draw a circular shape having a diameter of 220 mm in plan view. A half cut of the slit is formed. In addition, in this specification, the "top view" of a laminated body means that the laminated body is observed from top to bottom in the lamination direction. In addition, the second release film and the film for forming a protective film are removed from the laminated body by the circular portion formed by the half-cut, and the film is sequentially formed on the release-treated surface of the first release film. The first laminate having a circular protective film forming film and a second release film in a plan view is laminated. The circular protective film forming film in the first laminate is opposite to the protective film shown in FIG. A film 13 for forming a protective film having a diameter d1 of 220 mm in the composite sheet 1 was formed.

(塗佈組合物之製備) (Preparation of coating composition)

向將二氧化矽溶膠分散至2-乙氧基乙醇(乙基溶纖劑)中而成之分散液(觸媒化成工業公司製造之「OSCAL1632」、二氧化矽溶膠之粒徑30nm至50nm、固體成分濃度30質量%)150質量份中,調配由丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯及多官能性丙烯酸酯單體構成之硬塗劑(荒川化學工業公司製造之「Beamset 575CB」、固體成分濃度100質量%、含有光聚合起始劑)100質量份,而獲得塗佈組合物(固體成分濃度30質量%)。 A dispersion obtained by dispersing a cerium oxide sol in 2-ethoxyethanol (ethyl cellosolve) (OSCAL1632, manufactured by Catalyst Chemical Industries, Inc., cerium oxide sol having a particle diameter of 30 nm to 50 nm, A hard coating agent composed of an urethane urethane and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer (Beamset 575CB manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) having a solid content concentration of 100 mass is prepared in a solid content of 30% by mass. 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator was added to obtain a coating composition (solid content concentration: 30% by mass).

(塗佈層之形成) (formation of coating layer)

接著,於凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra為0.4μm且與該凹凸面相反側之面之表面粗糙度Ra為0.02μm之聚丙烯製基材(厚度100μm、熔點140℃至160℃)之前述凹凸面,使用線棒式塗佈機而塗佈前述所獲得之塗佈組合物,於80℃下乾燥1分鐘後,以約230mJ/cm2之光量照射紫外線使乾燥後之塗膜固化,而形成塗佈層(厚度3μm)。 Then, the unevenness of the polypropylene base material (thickness: 100 μm, melting point: 140 ° C to 160 ° C) having a surface roughness Ra of 0.4 μm on the surface of the uneven surface and a surface roughness Ra of 0.02 μm on the surface opposite to the uneven surface The coating composition obtained by the above coating was applied by a bar coater, and after drying at 80 ° C for 1 minute, ultraviolet rays were irradiated with a light amount of about 230 mJ/cm 2 to cure the dried coating film to form a film. Coating layer (thickness 3 μm).

(黏著劑組合物之製備) (Preparation of adhesive composition)

調配(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚物100質量份、及芳香族系多異氰酸酯化合物(交聯劑、三井化學公司製造之 「Takenate D110N」)10質量份(固體成分),並調配甲基乙基酮,而獲得固體成分濃度為30質量%之黏著劑組合物(iii)。 100 parts by mass of an alkyl (meth) acrylate copolymer and an aromatic polyisocyanate compound (crosslinking agent, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.) "Takenate D110N") 10 parts by mass (solid content), and methyl ethyl ketone was blended to obtain an adhesive composition (iii) having a solid concentration of 30% by mass.

前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚物係將丙烯酸正丁酯40質量份、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯55質量份及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯5質量份進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量600000之丙烯酸系樹脂。 The alkyl (meth)acrylate copolymer is a weight average molecular weight obtained by copolymerizing 40 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 55 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and 5 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate. 600000 acrylic resin.

(黏著劑層(支撐片)之形成、第2積層體之製造) (Formation of adhesive layer (support sheet), manufacture of second laminate)

於藉由形成聚矽氧系之剝離劑層對單面進行剝離處理而成之包含厚度38μm之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的第3剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031C」)之前述剝離處理面上,使用刀式塗佈機而塗佈前述所獲得之黏著劑組合物(iii),使其乾燥,而形成黏著劑層(厚度5μm)。 A third release film (P-PET381031C manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.) comprising a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 38 μm formed by a release treatment of a polyfluorene-based release agent layer. On the peeling treatment surface, the adhesive composition (iii) obtained above was applied by a knife coater and dried to form an adhesive layer (thickness: 5 μm).

接著,於對形成有塗佈層之前述之基材中之與凹凸面相反側之面進行電暈處理後,於該電暈處理面貼合前述之黏著劑層,而獲得依序積層有塗佈層、基材、黏著劑層及第3剝離膜而成之包含支撐片的長條之第2積層體。 Next, after corona-treating the surface on the side opposite to the uneven surface of the substrate on which the coating layer is formed, the adhesive layer is bonded to the corona-treated surface to obtain a sequential laminated coating. A second layered body comprising a strip of a support sheet formed of a cloth layer, a substrate, an adhesive layer, and a third release film.

接著,將該長條之第2積層體製成捲取輥後,將該第2積層體沿著其寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1之符號w1所示之寬度方向)剪裁為300mm之大小。 Then, the second laminated body is formed into a winding roll, and the second laminated body is oriented in the width direction (the width direction indicated by the symbol w1 of the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3). ) Cut to a size of 300mm.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

自前述所獲得之第1積層體去除第2剝離膜,而使圓形之保護膜形成用膜露出。另外,自前述所獲得之第2積層體去除第3剝離膜,而使黏著劑層露出。然後,藉由在該黏著劑層之露出面貼合前述之保護膜形成用膜之露出面,而獲得依序積層有塗佈層、基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜而成之相當於保護膜形成用複合片的第3積層體。 The first laminate obtained as described above is removed from the second release film to expose the circular protective film formation film. Further, the second laminate film obtained from the above-described second laminate is removed to expose the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Then, the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer to obtain a coating layer, a substrate, an adhesive layer, a film for forming a protective film, and the first layer. The third laminated body corresponding to the composite sheet for forming a protective film is formed by peeling off the film.

對於前述所獲得之第3積層體,自塗佈層之側,對塗佈層、基材及黏著劑層之全部進行以於俯視下描繪出直徑270mm之圓形之方式形成切口之半切斷。關於該半切斷,以於俯視下直徑270mm之前述圓與保護膜形成用膜所形成之直徑220mm之圓成為同心圓之方式對塗佈層、基材及黏著劑層之全部形成切口。 In the third layered body obtained as described above, the entire layer of the coating layer, the substrate, and the adhesive layer was formed on the side of the coating layer so as to form a circular shape having a diameter of 270 mm in plan view. In the half cut, a slit having a diameter of 270 mm in plan view and a circle having a diameter of 220 mm formed by the film for forming a protective film is formed concentrically, and the entire coating layer, the base material, and the adhesive layer are formed.

接著,於俯視下,對於前述之直徑270mm之圓,以於該圓之直徑方向外側相距20mm之位置描繪出於第3積層體之寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1之符號w1所示之寬度方向)上對向之一對圓弧之方式,自塗佈層之側,對塗佈層、基材及黏著劑層之全部進行形成切口之半切斷。 Then, in the plan view, the 270 mm-diameter circle is drawn in the width direction of the third layered body at a position spaced apart from the outer side in the diameter direction of the circle by 20 mm (the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 3). In the width direction indicated by the symbol w1), a pair of arcs are formed on the side of the coating layer from the side of the coating layer, and all of the coating layer, the substrate, and the adhesive layer are cut.

相當於該一對圓弧之切口係形成圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中之符號121所示之黏著劑層之曲面狀之周邊部。並且,直徑270mm之圓與前述圓弧之間之距離 (20mm)相當於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中之符號w2。 The slit corresponding to the pair of circular arcs forms a curved peripheral portion of the adhesive layer indicated by reference numeral 121 in the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 3 . And the distance between the circle of 270 mm in diameter and the aforementioned arc (20 mm) corresponds to the symbol w2 in the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 3 .

於第3積層體之長度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1之符號w1所示中之與寬度方向正交之方向)上之多個部位,進行此種描繪2個同心圓與一對之圓弧之前述半切斷,以描繪出2條於俯視下於相鄰部位間將圓弧彼此於前述長度方向上加以連結之直線之方式,自塗佈層之側,進行對塗佈層、基材及黏著劑層之全部形成切口之半切斷。相當於該2條直線之切口係形成圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中之符號122所示之黏著劑層之平面狀之周邊部。 In the longitudinal direction of the third layered body (the direction orthogonal to the width direction in the direction indicated by the symbol w1 of the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 3), two concentric circles are drawn. The first half of the arc of the pair is cut, and two straight lines connecting the arcs in the longitudinal direction between the adjacent portions in plan view are drawn, and the coating is performed from the side of the coating layer. The cloth layer, the substrate, and the adhesive layer all form a half cut of the slit. The slit corresponding to the two straight lines forms a planar peripheral portion of the adhesive layer indicated by reference numeral 122 in the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 3 .

接著,藉由將於俯視下前述之直徑270mm之圓與一對圓弧之間之部分、及將前述圓弧彼此連結之2條直線所夾之部分之塗佈層、基材及黏著劑層去除,而獲得圖1及3所示之保護膜形成用複合片。該保護膜形成用複合片中之圓形之黏著劑層(支撐片)相當於圖3中之直徑d2為270mm之圓形之黏著劑層12(支撐片10)。另外,該保護膜形成用複合片中之第1剝離膜相當於圖3中之剝離膜15。 Then, a coating layer, a substrate, and an adhesive layer which are sandwiched between a circle having a diameter of 270 mm and a pair of arcs in a plan view, and a line connecting the arcs to each other in a straight line The composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in Figs. 1 and 3 was obtained by removal. The circular adhesive layer (support sheet) in the composite sheet for forming a protective film corresponds to a circular adhesive layer 12 (support sheet 10) having a diameter d2 of 270 mm in Fig. 3 . Further, the first release film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film corresponds to the release film 15 in Fig. 3 .

[實施例2] [Embodiment 2]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra並非0.4μm而為1μm之基材,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was not 0.4 μm and the substrate was 1 μm.

[實施例3] [Example 3]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra並非0.4μm而為1μm之基材,且將塗佈層之厚度自3μm變更為1μm,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the same method as in Example 1 was used except that the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was not 0.4 μm and was 1 μm, and the thickness of the coating layer was changed from 3 μm to 1 μm. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例4] [Example 4]

如表1所示,將塗佈層之厚度自3μm變更為1μm,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the coating layer was changed from 3 μm to 1 μm.

[實施例5] [Example 5]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra並非0.4μm而為1μm之基材,且將塗佈層之厚度自3μm變更為6μm,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the same method as in Example 1 was used except that the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was not 0.4 μm and was 1 μm, and the thickness of the coating layer was changed from 3 μm to 6 μm. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例6] [Embodiment 6]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra並非0.4μm而為3μm之基材,且將塗佈層之厚度自3μm變更為 6μm,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was not 0.4 μm and was 3 μm, and the thickness of the coating layer was changed from 3 μm to 3 μm. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

[比較例1] [Comparative Example 1]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra並非0.4μm而為1μm之基材,且未形成塗佈層,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, a protective film was formed by the same method as in Example 1 except that the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was not 0.4 μm and the substrate was 1 μm, and the coating layer was not formed. Composite sheet.

[比較例2] [Comparative Example 2]

如表1所示,以凹凸面朝向相反側、亦即黏著劑層之側(內側)之方式配置基材,且未形成塗佈層(亦即,設為圖5所示之習知之構成),除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the base material was placed so that the uneven surface faced the opposite side, that is, the side (inside) of the adhesive layer, and the coating layer was not formed (that is, the conventional structure shown in Fig. 5) A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except the above.

[比較例3] [Comparative Example 3]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra並非0.4μm而為1μm之基材,以凹凸面朝向相反側、亦即黏著劑層之側(內側)之方式配置該基材,且未形成塗佈層(亦即,設為圖5所示之習知之構成),除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the base material having the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface is not 0.4 μm and is 1 μm, and the base material is disposed such that the uneven surface faces the opposite side, that is, the side (inside) of the adhesive layer. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the coating layer was formed (that is, the conventional configuration shown in Fig. 5).

[比較例4] [Comparative Example 4]

使用作為固體成分而言為相同量之利用環氧基進行表面修飾之球狀二氧化矽(Admatechs公司製造之 「SC2050MA」、平均粒徑0.5μm)代替將二氧化矽溶膠分散至2-乙氧基乙醇中而成之分散液,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而製備塗佈組合物。 Using the same amount of spherical cerium oxide surface-modified with an epoxy group as a solid component (Admatechs Co., Ltd.) A coating composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that "SC2050MA" and an average particle diameter of 0.5 μm were used instead of the dispersion obtained by dispersing the cerium oxide sol in 2-ethoxyethanol. .

並且,使用該塗佈組合物,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同之方法而獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 Further, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the coating composition was used.

關於所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片,基材側最表面之表面粗糙度Ra如表1所示為0.8μm。 With respect to the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film, the surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface of the substrate side was 0.8 μm as shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

[雷射列印性] [Laser printability]

對於前述所獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片,去除第1剝離膜,使用貼附裝置(Lintec公司製造之「RAD-2700F/12」),將黏著劑層貼附於不銹鋼製環狀框架,並且將保護膜形成用膜貼附於加熱至70℃之矽晶圓(外徑8吋、厚度100μm)之背面。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above, the first release film was removed, and an adhesive layer ("RAD-2700F/12" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.) was attached, and the adhesive layer was attached thereto. A film made of a stainless steel was attached to the back surface of a silicon wafer (outer diameter 8 Å, thickness 100 μm) heated to 70 ° C.

接著,藉由將保護膜形成用膜於130℃下加熱處理2小時,使保護膜形成用膜熱固化而形成保護膜。 Then, the film for forming a protective film was heat-treated at 130 ° C for 2 hours to thermally cure the film for forming a protective film to form a protective film.

接著,使用列印裝置(KEYENCE公司製造之「VK9700」),於輸出0.6W、頻率40kHz、掃描速度100mm/秒之條件下,自基材側對保護膜照射波長532nm之雷射光,而以下述之2個圖案(圖案1、圖案2)對保護膜進行雷射列印。 Then, using a printing device ("VK9700" manufactured by KEYENCE Co., Ltd.), the protective film was irradiated with laser light having a wavelength of 532 nm from the substrate side under the conditions of output of 0.6 W, frequency of 40 kHz, and scanning speed of 100 mm/sec. The two patterns (pattern 1, pattern 2) are laser printed on the protective film.

(圖案) (pattern)

圖案1:文字尺寸0.4mm×0.5mm、文字間隔0.3mm、文字數20。 Pattern 1: The character size is 0.4 mm × 0.5 mm, the character interval is 0.3 mm, and the number of characters is 20.

圖案2:文字尺寸0.2mm×0.5mm、文字間隔0.3mm、文字數20。 Pattern 2: The character size is 0.2 mm × 0.5 mm, the character interval is 0.3 mm, and the number of characters is 20.

接著,針對藉由前述雷射列印而形成於保護膜上之文字,依據下述基凖對自基材側之目視性(雷射列印性)進行評價。將結果示於表1。 Next, the visual form (laser printability) from the substrate side was evaluated based on the following basis for the character formed on the protective film by the above-described laser printing. The results are shown in Table 1.

(評價基凖) (evaluation basis)

A:圖案1及2之全部文字清晰,能夠無問題地閱讀圖案1及2之文字。 A: All the characters of patterns 1 and 2 are clear, and the characters of patterns 1 and 2 can be read without problems.

B:圖案2中至少一部分文字不清晰,但圖案1中全部文字清晰,能夠無問題地閱讀圖案1之文字。 B: At least a part of the characters in the pattern 2 are not clear, but all the characters in the pattern 1 are clear, and the characters of the pattern 1 can be read without any problem.

C:圖案1及2中均有至少一部分文字不清晰。 C: At least some of the characters in patterns 1 and 2 are not clear.

[耐黏連性(1)] [Adhesion resistance (1)]

將前述所獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片以10m之長度捲取至直徑3吋之ABS(Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene;丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯)樹脂製造之芯上,並於該狀態下於室溫下靜置3天。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above was wound up to a length of 10 m to an ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene; acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene) resin having a diameter of 3 Å. The core was placed in this state and allowed to stand at room temperature for 3 days.

接著,針對實施例1至實施例5之保護膜形成用複合片,將依序積層有塗佈層、基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜之10個積層單位嘗試抽出,針對比較例1至比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片,由於不存在塗佈 層,故而將依序積層有基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜之10個積層單位嘗試抽出,依據下述基凖對此時之捲取時相互接觸之保護膜形成用複合片之接觸部彼此有無貼附、及有貼附之情形時之該貼附之程度進行評價。將結果示於表1。 Next, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 5, 10 layers of the coating layer, the substrate, the adhesive layer, the film for forming a protective film, and the first release film were sequentially laminated. The composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 was extracted, since there was no coating. In the case of the layer, the 10 layers of the substrate, the adhesive layer, the film for forming a protective film, and the first release film are sequentially taken out, and the protective film is contacted with each other at the time of winding according to the following basis. The degree of attachment of the contact portions of the formed composite sheet with or without attachment to each other was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

(評價基凖) (evaluation basis)

A:完全未見到前述接觸部彼此之貼附。 A: The attachment of the aforementioned contact portions to each other was not observed at all.

B:見到前述接觸部彼此之輕度之貼附,但能夠無問題地將保護膜形成用複合片抽出。 B: When the contact portions are slightly attached to each other, the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be taken out without any problem.

C:前述接觸部彼此於一部分完全貼附,將保護膜形成用複合片抽出時,第1剝離膜自黏著劑層剝離。 C: The contact portions are completely attached to each other in a part, and when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is taken out, the first release film is peeled off from the adhesive layer.

[耐黏連性(2)] [blocking resistance (2)]

將前述所獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片切出寬度50mm、長度100mm之大小之帶。此外,於切出時係使該帶之長度方向與黏著劑組合物之塗佈方向一致。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above was cut into a belt having a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm. Further, the length direction of the tape is made to coincide with the application direction of the adhesive composition at the time of cutting.

準備10條如此而獲得之帶,將這些帶加以積層而製成試驗片。此時,於1至實施例5之情形時,均以塗佈層朝上之方式將前述帶加以積層。並且,於比較例1至比較例3之情形時,由於不存在塗佈層,故而均以基材朝上之方式將前述帶加以積層。接著,將該試驗片夾於2塊玻璃板(寬度75mm、長度15mm、厚度5mm)之間,將這些玻璃板與試驗片之積層物整體以一塊玻璃板作為最下層而載 置於預定部位,於另一個最上層之玻璃板上載置重物,而對前述試驗片進行加壓。於此時之前述帶之積層方向上,對前述試驗片所施加之力為980.665mN(亦即100gf)。於該狀態下將這些玻璃板與試驗片之積層物整體於濕熱促進器(ESPEC公司製造)內於40℃下保管3天,而對前述試驗片進行加熱加壓促進試驗。 Ten strips thus obtained were prepared, and these strips were laminated to prepare test pieces. At this time, in the case of 1 to 5, the belts were laminated with the coating layer facing upward. Further, in the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, since the coating layer was not present, the tape was laminated with the substrate facing upward. Next, the test piece was sandwiched between two glass plates (width: 75 mm, length: 15 mm, thickness: 5 mm), and the laminate of the glass plate and the test piece was carried as a lowermost layer with a glass plate as a lower layer. The test piece was placed under a predetermined position, and a weight was placed on the other uppermost glass plate to pressurize the test piece. The force applied to the test piece in the lamination direction of the belt at this time was 980.665 mN (i.e., 100 gf). In this state, the laminate of the glass plate and the test piece was stored in a damp heat promoter (manufactured by ESPEC Co., Ltd.) at 40 ° C for 3 days, and the test piece was subjected to a heat and pressure promotion test.

接著,自濕熱促進器中取出前述試驗片,去除最下層之第1剝離膜(與最下層之玻璃板接觸之第1剝離膜)及與其鄰接之保護膜形成用膜,將露出之黏著劑層經由雙面黏著帶而貼合於支撐板上,藉此將僅自加熱加壓促進試驗後之前述試驗片去除最下層之第1剝離膜及與其鄰接之保護膜形成用膜而成者固定於前述支撐板上。 Then, the test piece is taken out from the moist heat promoter, and the first release film (the first release film in contact with the lowermost glass plate) of the lowermost layer and the film for forming a protective film adjacent thereto are removed, and the exposed adhesive layer is exposed. By adhering to the support plate via the double-sided adhesive tape, the test piece after the heating and pressurization promotion test is removed from the lowermost first release film and the film for forming a protective film adjacent thereto. The aforementioned support plate.

接著,於實施例1至實施例5之情形時,去除前述所固定者中包含距前述支撐板最遠之最上層之塗佈層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜的積層物,使用拉伸試驗機,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,將露出之第1剝離膜自鄰接之塗佈層加以剝離,測定此時之剝離力。於比較例1至比較例3之情形時,去除前述所固定者中包含距前述支撐板最遠之最上層之基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜的積層物,使用拉伸試驗機,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,將所露出之第1剝離膜自鄰接之基材剝離,測定此時之剝離力。將如此而 獲得之第1剝離膜之剝離力之測定值設為保護膜形成用複合片之耐黏連性之指標。 Next, in the case of the first embodiment to the fifth embodiment, the laminate of the coating layer, the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming a protective film which are the furthest from the support plate among the above-mentioned holders is removed. Using the tensile tester, the exposed first release film was peeled off from the adjacent coating layer under the conditions of a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°, and the peeling force at this time was measured. In the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, the laminate of the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming a protective film which are the furthest from the support plate among the above-mentioned holders is removed, and a tensile tester is used. The exposed first peeling film was peeled off from the adjacent base material under the conditions of a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°, and the peeling force at this time was measured. Will be like this The measured value of the peeling force of the obtained first release film is an index of the blocking resistance of the composite sheet for forming a protective film.

此外,於欲測定之第1剝離膜之剝離力充分小之情形時,於從自濕熱促進器中取出之前述試驗片去除如上所述與最下層之第1剝離膜(與最下層之玻璃板接觸之第1剝離膜)鄰接之保護膜形成用膜時,作為剝離力之測定對象的第1剝離膜有時會先自與其鄰接之層(於實施例1至實施例5之情形時為塗佈層,於比較例1至比較例3之情形時為基材)發生剝離。於該情形時,於從自濕熱促進器中取出之前述試驗片去除最下層之第1剝離膜後,藉由不將與其鄰接之保護膜形成用膜去除,將該保護膜形成用膜經由雙面黏著帶貼合於支撐板上,而將僅自前述試驗片去除了最下層之第1剝離膜而成者固定於前述支撐板上,針對該所固定者,與前述同樣地測定第1剝離膜之剝離力。 Further, when the peeling force of the first release film to be measured is sufficiently small, the first release film (the lowermost layer of the glass plate) as described above and the lowermost layer are removed from the test piece taken out from the moist heat promoter. When the film for forming a protective film is adjacent to the first release film to be contacted, the first release film to be subjected to the measurement of the peeling force may be first applied from the layer adjacent thereto (in the case of Embodiments 1 to 5) The cloth layer was peeled off in the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3 as a substrate. In this case, after removing the first release film of the lowermost layer from the test piece taken out from the moist heat promoter, the film for forming a protective film is not removed by removing the film for forming a protective film adjacent thereto. The surface adhesive tape is bonded to the support plate, and the first release film from which the lowermost layer is removed from the test piece is fixed to the support plate, and the first release is measured in the same manner as described above. Peeling force of the film.

將結果示於表1。 The results are shown in Table 1.

[基材側最表面之表面粗糙度Ra] [Surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface of the substrate side]

針對前述所獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片,使用接觸式表面粗糙度計(Mitutoyo公司製造之「SURFTEST SV-3000」),將截止值λc設為0.8mm,將評價長度Ln設為4mm,依據JIS B0601:2001而測定基材側最表面、亦即塗佈層中之與基材側相反側之面之表面粗糙度Ra。將結果示於表1。於表1中,關於比較例1至比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片,作為基材側最表面之 表面粗糙度Ra,記載有前述之基材中之與黏著劑層之側相反側之面之表面粗糙度Ra。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above, a contact surface roughness meter ("SURFTEST SV-3000" manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.) was used, and the cutoff value λc was set to 0.8 mm, and evaluation was performed. The length Ln was set to 4 mm, and the surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface of the substrate side, that is, the surface on the side opposite to the substrate side in the coating layer was measured in accordance with JIS B0601:2001. The results are shown in Table 1. In Table 1, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3 was used as the outermost surface of the substrate side. The surface roughness Ra describes the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the side of the adhesive layer in the above-mentioned base material.

[塗佈層之表面之光澤度] [Gloss of the surface of the coating layer]

針對前述所獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片,使用光澤計(日本電色公司製造光澤度計「VG 2000」),依據JIS K 7105,自塗佈層中之與基材側相反側測定塗佈層之表面之20°鏡面光澤度,將其測定值設為塗佈層之表面之光澤度。將結果示於表1。 With respect to the composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above, a gloss meter (gloss meter "VG 2000" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Co., Ltd.) was used, and a base layer from the coating layer was used in accordance with JIS K 7105. The 20° specular gloss of the surface of the coating layer was measured on the opposite side of the material side, and the measured value was taken as the glossiness of the surface of the coating layer. The results are shown in Table 1.

[自塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值] [Measurement value of haze from the side of the coating layer]

針對前述所獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片,使用霧度計(日本電色工業公司製造之「NDH-2000」),依據JIS K 7136,自塗佈層之側測定霧度。將結果示於表1。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above was measured from the side of the coating layer in accordance with JIS K 7136 using a haze meter ("NDH-2000" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.). Haze. The results are shown in Table 1.

實施例1至實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片於基材側之最外層具備塗佈層,藉由使該自塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值小,雷射列印性及耐黏連性均良好。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6 has a coating layer on the outermost layer on the substrate side, and the measurement value of the haze on the side of the self-coating layer is small, and the laser printing property and Good adhesion resistance.

尤其是實施例1、實施例2、實施例4及實施例5之保護膜形成用複合片之雷射列印性優於實施例3及實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片,推測其原因為,實施例1、實施例2、實施例4及實施例5之保護膜形成用複合片之前述霧度進一步小,而成為更適合之範圍內。 In particular, the composite printing sheets for forming protective films of the first embodiment, the second embodiment, the fourth embodiment, and the fifth embodiment are superior in laser printing performance to the composite film for forming a protective film of the third embodiment and the sixth embodiment, and the reason is presumed. In the composite sheets for forming a protective film of Example 1, Example 2, Example 4, and Example 5, the haze is further small and is more suitable.

另外,實施例1至實施例4之保護膜形成用複合片的耐黏連性優於實施例5及實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片,推測其原因為,實施例1至實施例4之保護膜形成用複合片之塗佈層之厚度更薄。 Further, the composite sheets for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 4 have better adhesion resistance than the composite sheets for forming a protective film of Examples 5 and 6, and it is presumed that the reason is that Examples 1 to 4 The thickness of the coating layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is thinner.

此外,實施例1至實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片於基材與黏著劑層之間均未見到空隙部。 Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6, no void portion was observed between the substrate and the adhesive layer.

相對於此,比較例1之保護膜形成用複合片係與圖4所示者同樣地藉由使基材中之與具備黏著劑層之側之面(表面)相反側之面(背面)為凹凸面且亦未具備塗佈層,雖然耐黏連性優異,但雷射列印性差。 On the other hand, in the same manner as in the case shown in FIG. 4, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1 has a surface (back surface) on the opposite side to the surface (surface) on the side where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is provided. The uneven surface does not have a coating layer, and although excellent in blocking resistance, the laser printing property is poor.

比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片係與圖5所示者同樣地使基材中之與具備黏著劑層之側之面(表面)相反側之面(背面)為平滑面且亦未具備塗佈層,雖然雷射列印性良好,但耐黏連性差。比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片雖然 具備與比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片相同之構成,但不僅耐黏連性差,雷射列印性亦差。推測其原因為,基材之具備黏著劑層之側之面(表面)為凹凸面,且其表面粗糙度Ra大於比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片。根據比較例3推測,由於前述凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra大,故而凹凸面之形狀亦會反映至保護膜之表面,保護膜之表面之凹凸之程度變得大於比較例2之情形,而導致光之漫反射變大,雷射列印性更差。此外推測,比較例2及3之保護膜形成用複合片雖然均於基材之凹凸面與黏著劑層之間存在空隙部,但比較例3之凹凸面之表面粗糙度Ra大於比較例2,因而空隙部變得更大,因此比較例3之光之漫反射大於比較例2,雷射列印性更差。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2, as in the case shown in Fig. 5, the surface (back surface) on the side opposite to the surface (surface) on the side where the adhesive layer is provided is a smooth surface and is not provided. Although the coating layer has good laser printability, it has poor adhesion resistance. The composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 3 although Although it has the same structure as the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2, it has poor adhesion resistance and poor laser printability. The reason for this is that the surface (surface) on the side where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is provided on the substrate is an uneven surface, and the surface roughness Ra thereof is larger than that of the composite film for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2. According to the comparative example 3, since the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface is large, the shape of the uneven surface is also reflected on the surface of the protective film, and the degree of unevenness on the surface of the protective film becomes larger than that of the comparative example 2, resulting in The diffuse reflection of light becomes larger, and the laser printability is worse. Further, it is estimated that the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Examples 2 and 3 has a void portion between the uneven surface of the substrate and the adhesive layer, but the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface of Comparative Example 3 is larger than that of Comparative Example 2. Therefore, the void portion becomes larger, and therefore the diffuse reflection of light of Comparative Example 3 is larger than that of Comparative Example 2, and the laser printability is worse.

比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片係與實施例1之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地使基材中之與具備黏著劑層之側之面(表面)相反側之面(背面)為凹凸面,且亦具備塗佈層,雖然耐黏連性優異,但雷射列印性差。推測其原因為,比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片中之從塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值大。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 4, the surface (back surface) on the side opposite to the surface (surface) on the side where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is provided is the unevenness in the same manner as the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Example 1. The surface also has a coating layer, and although excellent in blocking resistance, the laser printing property is poor. The reason for this is that the measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 4 is large.

(產業可利用性) (industry availability)

本發明可用於背面利用保護膜加以保護之半導體晶片等之製造。 The present invention can be applied to the manufacture of a semiconductor wafer or the like which is protected by a protective film on the back surface.

1‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1‧‧‧Composite film for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支撐片 10‧‧‧Support film

10a‧‧‧支撐片之表面 10a‧‧‧Surface of the support piece

10b‧‧‧支撐片之背面 10b‧‧‧Back of the support piece

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材之表面 11a‧‧‧ Surface of the substrate

11b‧‧‧基材之背面 11b‧‧‧The back of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧Adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層之表面 12a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer

13‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13‧‧‧film for protective film formation

13a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜之表面 13a‧‧‧Surface of film for protective film formation

14‧‧‧塗佈層 14‧‧‧ Coating layer

14a‧‧‧塗佈層之表面 14a‧‧‧Surface of the coating layer

14b‧‧‧塗佈層之背面 14b‧‧‧Back of the coating layer

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Release film

15a‧‧‧剝離膜之表面 15a‧‧‧ peeling film surface

Claims (5)

一種保護膜形成用複合片,係於支撐片之一個表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,且於前述支撐片中之與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側相反側之表面上具備塗佈層而成;前述保護膜形成用複合片中之從前述塗佈層之側之霧度之測定值為47%以下。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a film for forming a protective film on one surface of the support sheet, and a coating layer on a surface of the support sheet opposite to the side including the film for forming a protective film; The measured value of the haze from the side of the coating layer in the composite sheet for forming a protective film was 47% or less. 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中使用進一步於前述保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之前述保護膜形成用複合片,藉由下述方法所測得之前述剝離膜之剝離力為10mN/50mm以下;該剝離膜之剝離力之測定方法為:藉由將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜且寬度50mm、長度100mm之前述保護膜形成用複合片以前述塗佈層均朝向相同方向且前述塗佈層之合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片而製成第一最外層為塗佈層且第二最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將前述積層體於對前述保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向施加有980.665mN之力之狀態下於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向上最接近前述第一最外層之塗佈層的剝離膜以剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件自鄰接之塗佈層進行剝離,測定此時之剝離力。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the protective film forming composite sheet further comprising a release film on the film for forming a protective film is used, and the release film is measured by the following method. The peeling force is 10 mN/50 mm or less, and the peeling force of the peeling film is measured by the above-mentioned coating film for forming a protective film having a peeling film and having a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm. The laminated body is formed by laminating a plurality of sheets in such a manner that the layers are oriented in the same direction and the total thickness of the coating layer is from 10 μm to 60 μm, and the first outermost layer is a coating layer and the second outermost layer is a release film. A release film which is closest to the coating layer of the first outermost layer in the laminating direction after the surface of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is applied with a force of 980.665 mN at 40 ° C for 3 days. Peeling was performed from the adjacent coating layer under the conditions of a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°, and the peeling force at this time was measured. 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述支撐片係將基材及黏著劑層積層而成; 前述保護膜形成用複合片係依序積層有前述塗佈層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1, wherein the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive; The composite sheet for forming a protective film is formed by sequentially laminating the coating layer, the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming a protective film. 如請求項3所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為能量線固化性或非能量線固化性之黏著劑層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 3, wherein the adhesive layer is an energy ray-curable or non-energy-curable adhesive layer. 如請求項1至4中任一項所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為熱固化性或能量線固化性之保護膜形成用膜。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the film for forming a protective film is a film for forming a protective film which is thermosetting or energy ray curable.
TW105129639A 2016-03-04 2016-09-12 Composite sheet for forming protective film TWI731874B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-042691 2016-03-04
JP2016042691 2016-03-04

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201731996A true TW201731996A (en) 2017-09-16
TWI731874B TWI731874B (en) 2021-07-01

Family

ID=59742683

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105129639A TWI731874B (en) 2016-03-04 2016-09-12 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6833804B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102516392B1 (en)
CN (1) CN108778721B (en)
SG (1) SG11201807528RA (en)
TW (1) TWI731874B (en)
WO (1) WO2017149808A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7182611B2 (en) * 2018-03-30 2022-12-02 リンテック株式会社 COMPOSITE SHEET FOR PROTECTIVE FILM FORMATION AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SAME
KR102762656B1 (en) * 2018-12-05 2025-02-04 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Composite sheet for forming a protective film and method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip
KR102760349B1 (en) * 2021-02-24 2025-02-03 신메이 폰타나 홀딩(홍콩) 리미티드 Manufacturing method of foldable backplate film
KR102760397B1 (en) * 2021-02-24 2025-02-03 신메이 폰타나 홀딩(홍콩) 리미티드 Manufacturing method of foldable backplate film

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5432853B2 (en) 1971-10-11 1979-10-17
JP5124778B2 (en) * 2008-09-18 2013-01-23 リンテック株式会社 Laser dicing sheet and semiconductor chip manufacturing method
JP5391158B2 (en) * 2010-06-30 2014-01-15 古河電気工業株式会社 Wafer sticking adhesive sheet and wafer processing method using the same
JP5432853B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2014-03-05 日東電工株式会社 Dicing tape-integrated film for semiconductor back surface, manufacturing method thereof, and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP5583724B2 (en) * 2012-09-20 2014-09-03 リンテック株式会社 Laser dicing sheet-peeling sheet laminate, laser dicing sheet and chip body manufacturing method
JP6059499B2 (en) * 2012-10-05 2017-01-11 リンテック株式会社 Surface protection sheet
KR102376017B1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2022-03-17 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Protective-coating-forming sheet and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip provided with protective coating
JP5823591B1 (en) * 2014-10-01 2015-11-25 古河電気工業株式会社 Adhesive tape for protecting semiconductor wafer surface and method for processing semiconductor wafer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI731874B (en) 2021-07-01
CN108778721A (en) 2018-11-09
CN108778721B (en) 2021-06-04
JP6833804B2 (en) 2021-02-24
SG11201807528RA (en) 2018-09-27
JPWO2017149808A1 (en) 2018-12-27
KR102516392B1 (en) 2023-03-30
WO2017149808A1 (en) 2017-09-08
KR20180120174A (en) 2018-11-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6893500B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
TW201837136A (en) Composite film for forming a protective film
TW201811971A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor wafer with protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
KR102637275B1 (en) Sheet for forming a protective film, method for manufacturing a sheet for forming a protective film, and method for manufacturing a semiconductor device
TW201731996A (en) Composite film for forming a protective film
TWI783131B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI764885B (en) Complex sheet for forming protective film
TWI788543B (en) Supporting sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
TW202025264A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for inspection and method for identification
TWI837233B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor chip
KR102878493B1 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film and method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip
TWI783920B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201741420A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI826601B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP6410386B1 (en) Support sheet and composite sheet for protective film formation
TW202339960A (en) Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and use of protective film forming films
TW201941934A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing same